Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2189:cb94c42c0e1a v7.2.445
updated for version 7.2.445
Problem: Crash when using undo/redo and a FileChangedRO autocmd event that
reloads the buffer. (Dominique Pelle)
Solution: Do not allow autocommands while performing and undo or redo.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 07 Jul 2010 18:20:28 +0200 |
parents | ea7c2d89b76b |
children | 073ff46fe397 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
17 /* | |
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
19 */ | |
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
21 | |
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
7 | 37 |
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
39 | |
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
41 { | |
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
449 | 44 NULL, |
7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
50 NULL, | |
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
7 | 58 }; |
59 | |
1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
7 | 61 |
62 /* | |
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
64 */ | |
681 | 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
66 struct compl_S | |
7 | 67 { |
464 | 68 compl_T *cp_next; |
69 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
681 | 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
786 | 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
659 | 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
464 | 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
7 | 77 }; |
78 | |
464 | 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
7 | 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
81 | |
82 /* | |
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
449 | 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
7 | 88 */ |
464 | 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
449 | 92 |
825 | 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
96 | |
657 | 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
98 * are used. */ | |
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
100 | |
665 | 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
102 in compl_leader */ | |
103 | |
657 | 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
105 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
106 the longest common string. */ | |
107 | |
874 | 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
109 completions. */ | |
110 | |
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
112 | |
449 | 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
644 | 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
449 | 116 |
1927 | 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
118 * which is not allowed. */ | |
119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
120 | |
464 | 121 static int compl_matches = 0; |
122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
716 | 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
464 | 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
128 * that is being completed */ | |
129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
130 * completion started */ | |
131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
132 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
449 | 133 |
134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
1430 | 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
944 | 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
681 | 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
665 | 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
681 | 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
7 | 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
648 | 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
707 | 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
659 | 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
703 | 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
667 | 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
7 | 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
657 | 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
657 | 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
1782 | 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
694 | 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
659 | 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
724 | 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
162 #endif | |
659 | 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
7 | 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
665 | 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
610 | 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
644 | 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
610 | 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
681 | 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
1872 | 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
7 | 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
174 | |
175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
179 | |
661 | 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
7 | 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
2004 | 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
7 | 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
744 | 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
484 | 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
497 | 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
221 | 192 #endif |
7 | 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
840 | 195 #if 0 |
7 | 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); |
840 | 197 #endif |
7 | 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); |
199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
203 #endif | |
204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
1782 | 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
7 | 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
209 #endif | |
210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
449 | 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
477 | 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
7 | 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
216 #endif | |
217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
219 #endif | |
449 | 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
7 | 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up)); | |
228 #endif | |
692 | 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
231 #endif | |
7 | 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
242 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
244 #endif | |
245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
249 #endif | |
250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
449 | 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
7 | 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
254 #endif | |
255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
256 | |
257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
259 | |
260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
603 | 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
7 | 265 |
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
268 #endif | |
269 | |
270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
271 | |
272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
298 | 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
7 | 277 #endif |
278 | |
279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
280 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
281 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
282 | |
283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
284 under the cursor */ | |
285 | |
286 /* | |
287 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
288 * | |
289 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
290 * 'i' normal insert command | |
291 * 'a' normal append command | |
292 * 'R' replace command | |
293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
295 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
298 * | |
299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
301 * | |
302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
303 */ | |
304 int | |
305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
306 int cmdchar; | |
307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
308 long count; | |
309 { | |
310 int c = 0; | |
311 char_u *ptr; | |
312 int lastc; | |
1869 | 313 int mincol; |
7 | 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
315 int i; | |
316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
319 #endif | |
320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
322 int old_topfill = -1; | |
323 #endif | |
324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
325 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
477 | 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
7 | 327 |
603 | 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
330 | |
7 | 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
332 * error message */ | |
333 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
334 | |
335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
337 if (sandbox != 0) | |
338 { | |
339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
340 return FALSE; | |
341 } | |
342 #endif | |
632 | 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
634 | 345 if (textlock != 0) |
632 | 346 { |
347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
348 return FALSE; | |
349 } | |
7 | 350 |
351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 | 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
1927 | 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
844 | 354 { |
355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
356 return FALSE; | |
357 } | |
7 | 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
359 #endif | |
360 | |
11 | 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
362 /* | |
363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
364 */ | |
365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
366 { | |
532 | 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
11 | 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
372 else | |
373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
532 | 375 # endif |
11 | 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
377 } | |
378 #endif | |
379 | |
7 | 380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
381 /* | |
382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
383 * where the paste started. | |
384 */ | |
385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
386 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
387 else | |
388 #endif | |
389 { | |
390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
391 if (startln) | |
392 Insstart.col = 0; | |
393 } | |
1869 | 394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
396 if (!did_ai) | |
397 ai_col = 0; | |
398 | |
399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
400 { | |
401 ResetRedobuff(); | |
402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
405 { | |
406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
409 } | |
410 else | |
411 #endif | |
412 { | |
413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
418 } | |
419 } | |
420 | |
421 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
422 { | |
423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
425 { | |
426 beep_flush(); | |
427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
428 State = INSERT; | |
429 } | |
430 else | |
431 #endif | |
432 State = REPLACE; | |
433 } | |
434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
436 { | |
437 State = VREPLACE; | |
438 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
440 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
441 } | |
442 #endif | |
443 else | |
444 State = INSERT; | |
445 | |
446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
447 | |
448 /* | |
449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
450 * on a TAB or special character. | |
451 */ | |
452 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
453 | |
454 /* | |
455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
458 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
459 */ | |
460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
461 State |= LANGMAP; | |
462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
464 #endif | |
465 | |
466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
467 setmouse(); | |
468 #endif | |
469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
470 clear_showcmd(); | |
471 #endif | |
472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
475 if (revins_on) | |
476 undisplay_dollar(); | |
477 revins_chars = 0; | |
478 revins_legal = 0; | |
479 revins_scol = -1; | |
480 #endif | |
481 | |
482 /* | |
483 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
486 */ | |
487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
488 { | |
489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
490 /* | |
491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
493 */ | |
494 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
495 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
496 else | |
497 #endif | |
498 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
499 restart_edit = 0; | |
500 | |
501 /* | |
502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
504 * correct in very rare cases). | |
505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
507 */ | |
508 validate_virtcol(); | |
509 update_curswant(); | |
230 | 510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
7 | 511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
513 { | |
514 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
517 else if (has_mbyte) | |
518 { | |
474 | 519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 520 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
522 } | |
523 #endif | |
524 } | |
230 | 525 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
7 | 526 } |
527 else | |
528 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
529 | |
530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
532 | |
533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
534 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
535 | |
536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
538 #endif | |
539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
540 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
541 #endif | |
542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
544 * restarting. */ | |
545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
546 foldOpenCursor(); | |
547 #endif | |
548 | |
549 /* | |
550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
553 */ | |
554 i = 0; | |
644 | 555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
7 | 556 i = showmode(); |
557 | |
558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
1473 | 559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
7 | 560 |
561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
563 #endif | |
564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
566 #endif | |
567 | |
603 | 568 /* |
569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
571 */ | |
7 | 572 ptr = get_inserted(); |
573 if (ptr == NULL) | |
574 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
575 else | |
576 { | |
577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
578 vim_free(ptr); | |
579 } | |
580 | |
581 old_indent = 0; | |
582 | |
583 /* | |
584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
585 */ | |
586 for (;;) | |
587 { | |
588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
589 if (!revins_legal) | |
590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
591 else | |
592 revins_legal = 0; | |
593 #endif | |
594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
595 count = 0; | |
596 | |
597 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
598 { | |
599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
600 count = 0; | |
601 goto doESCkey; | |
602 } | |
603 | |
604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
605 if (!arrow_used) | |
606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
607 | |
608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
609 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
610 if (stuff_empty()) | |
611 { | |
612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
613 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
614 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
615 } | |
616 | |
617 /* | |
618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
619 */ | |
620 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
621 | |
622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
625 * autocommand. */ | |
626 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
627 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
628 #endif | |
629 | |
630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
633 foldOpenCursor(); | |
634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
635 if (!char_avail()) | |
636 foldCheckClose(); | |
637 #endif | |
638 | |
639 /* | |
640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
642 * redraw. | |
643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
644 * something. | |
645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
647 */ | |
648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
649 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
650 && !did_backspace | |
651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
654 #endif | |
655 ) | |
656 { | |
657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
658 validate_cursor_col(); | |
659 | |
1869 | 660 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
7 | 661 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
662 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
663 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
665 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
666 #endif | |
667 )) | |
668 { | |
669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
670 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
671 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
672 else | |
673 #endif | |
674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
675 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
676 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
677 else | |
678 #endif | |
679 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
680 } | |
681 } | |
682 | |
683 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
684 update_topline(); | |
685 | |
686 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
687 | |
688 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
689 | |
690 /* | |
691 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
692 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
693 */ | |
661 | 694 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
7 | 695 |
696 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
697 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
698 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
699 #endif | |
700 | |
701 update_curswant(); | |
702 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
703 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
704 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
705 #endif | |
706 | |
707 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
708 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
709 #endif | |
710 | |
711 /* | |
1526 | 712 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
7 | 713 */ |
714 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
1526 | 715 do |
716 { | |
717 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
718 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
7 | 719 |
978 | 720 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
721 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
722 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
723 #endif | |
724 | |
7 | 725 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
726 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
727 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
728 #endif | |
729 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
730 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
731 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
732 #endif | |
733 | |
734 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
659 | 735 /* |
736 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
897 | 737 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
738 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
659 | 739 */ |
897 | 740 if (compl_started |
741 && pum_wanted() | |
742 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
743 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
744 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
659 | 745 { |
746 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
747 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
836 | 748 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
749 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
657 | 750 continue; |
751 | |
659 | 752 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
753 if (!compl_used_match) | |
657 | 754 { |
659 | 755 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
836 | 756 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
757 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
758 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
759 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
1872 | 760 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
836 | 761 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
659 | 762 { |
763 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
764 continue; | |
765 } | |
766 | |
1430 | 767 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
768 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
769 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
659 | 770 { |
771 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
772 continue; | |
773 } | |
665 | 774 |
887 | 775 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
825 | 776 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
777 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
778 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
665 | 779 { |
780 ins_compl_delete(); | |
781 ins_compl_insert(); | |
782 } | |
657 | 783 } |
784 } | |
785 | |
7 | 786 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
787 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
665 | 788 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
1526 | 789 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
657 | 790 continue; |
7 | 791 #endif |
792 | |
477 | 793 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
794 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
795 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
7 | 796 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
797 { | |
798 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 799 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 800 ++no_mapping; |
801 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 802 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 803 --no_mapping; |
804 --allow_keys; | |
477 | 805 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
7 | 806 { |
477 | 807 /* it's something else */ |
7 | 808 vungetc(c); |
809 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
810 } | |
811 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
812 continue; | |
813 else | |
814 { | |
477 | 815 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
816 { | |
817 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
818 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
819 nomove = TRUE; | |
820 } | |
7 | 821 count = 0; |
822 goto doESCkey; | |
823 } | |
824 } | |
825 | |
826 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
827 c = do_digraph(c); | |
828 #endif | |
829 | |
830 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
831 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
832 goto docomplete; | |
833 #endif | |
834 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
835 { | |
836 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
837 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
838 continue; | |
839 } | |
840 | |
841 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
842 if (cindent_on() | |
843 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
845 # endif | |
846 ) | |
847 { | |
848 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
849 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
850 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
851 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
852 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
853 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
854 goto force_cindent; | |
855 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
856 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
857 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
858 } | |
859 #endif | |
860 | |
861 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
862 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
863 switch (c) | |
864 { | |
865 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
866 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
867 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
868 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
869 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
870 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
871 } | |
872 #endif | |
873 | |
874 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
875 /* | |
876 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
877 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
878 * characters. | |
879 */ | |
880 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
881 continue; | |
882 #endif | |
883 | |
884 /* | |
885 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
886 */ | |
887 switch (c) | |
888 { | |
449 | 889 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 890 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
891 break; | |
892 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
893 | |
449 | 894 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 895 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
896 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
897 { | |
898 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
899 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
900 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
929 | 901 nomove = TRUE; |
7 | 902 goto doESCkey; |
903 } | |
904 #endif | |
905 | |
906 #ifdef UNIX | |
907 do_intr: | |
908 #endif | |
909 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
910 * Insert mode */ | |
911 if (goto_im()) | |
912 { | |
913 if (got_int) | |
914 { | |
915 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
916 got_int = FALSE; | |
917 } | |
918 else | |
919 vim_beep(); | |
920 break; | |
921 } | |
922 doESCkey: | |
923 /* | |
924 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
925 */ | |
926 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
927 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
230 | 928 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
7 | 929 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
930 | |
477 | 931 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
11 | 932 { |
933 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
934 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
935 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
936 FALSE, curbuf); | |
993 | 937 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
11 | 938 #endif |
7 | 939 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
11 | 940 } |
7 | 941 continue; |
942 | |
449 | 943 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
944 if (!p_im) | |
945 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
946 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
947 c = Ctrl_O; | |
948 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
949 | |
950 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
502 | 951 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
523 | 952 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
449 | 953 goto docomplete; |
954 #endif | |
955 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
956 break; | |
957 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
853 | 958 |
959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
960 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
961 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
962 { | |
963 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
964 nomove = TRUE; | |
965 } | |
966 #endif | |
449 | 967 count = 0; |
968 goto doESCkey; | |
969 | |
464 | 970 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
971 case K_KINS: | |
972 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
973 break; | |
974 | |
975 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
976 break; | |
977 | |
449 | 978 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
979 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
980 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
981 goto doESCkey; | |
982 #endif | |
983 | |
984 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
985 case K_F1: | |
986 case K_XF1: | |
987 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
988 if (p_im) | |
989 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
990 goto doESCkey; | |
991 | |
992 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
993 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
994 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
1389 | 995 i = plain_vgetc(); |
449 | 996 --no_mapping; |
997 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
998 break; | |
999 #endif | |
1000 | |
1001 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
7 | 1002 case NUL: |
1003 case Ctrl_A: | |
449 | 1004 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
1005 * error. */ | |
7 | 1006 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
1007 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
1008 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
1009 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1010 break; | |
1011 | |
449 | 1012 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
7 | 1013 ins_reg(); |
1014 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1015 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1016 break; | |
1017 | |
449 | 1018 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
7 | 1019 ins_ctrl_g(); |
1020 break; | |
1021 | |
449 | 1022 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
1023 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
7 | 1024 break; |
1025 | |
1026 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
449 | 1027 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
7 | 1028 if (!p_ari) |
1029 goto normalchar; | |
1030 ins_ctrl_(); | |
1031 break; | |
1032 #endif | |
1033 | |
449 | 1034 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
7 | 1035 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1036 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
1037 goto docomplete; | |
1038 #endif | |
1039 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1040 | |
449 | 1041 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
7 | 1042 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1043 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
1044 { | |
449 | 1045 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
1046 goto docomplete; | |
1047 break; | |
7 | 1048 } |
1049 # endif | |
1050 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
1051 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1052 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1053 break; | |
1054 | |
449 | 1055 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
7 | 1056 case K_KDEL: |
1057 ins_del(); | |
1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1059 break; | |
1060 | |
449 | 1061 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
7 | 1062 case Ctrl_H: |
1063 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
1064 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1065 break; | |
1066 | |
449 | 1067 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
7 | 1068 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1070 break; | |
1071 | |
449 | 1072 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
12 | 1073 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
1074 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
449 | 1075 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
12 | 1076 goto docomplete; |
1077 # endif | |
7 | 1078 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
1079 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1080 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1081 break; | |
1082 | |
1083 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
449 | 1084 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
7 | 1085 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
1086 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
1087 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
1088 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
1089 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
1090 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
1091 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
1092 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
1093 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
1094 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
1095 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
1096 case K_X1DRAG: | |
1097 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
1098 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
1099 case K_X2DRAG: | |
1100 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
1101 ins_mouse(c); | |
1102 break; | |
1103 | |
449 | 1104 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
7 | 1105 ins_mousescroll(FALSE); |
1106 break; | |
1107 | |
449 | 1108 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
7 | 1109 ins_mousescroll(TRUE); |
1110 break; | |
1111 #endif | |
692 | 1112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
1113 case K_TABLINE: | |
1114 case K_TABMENU: | |
1115 ins_tabline(c); | |
1116 break; | |
1117 #endif | |
7 | 1118 |
449 | 1119 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
7 | 1120 break; |
1121 | |
661 | 1122 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1123 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
1124 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1125 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
1126 break; | |
1127 #endif | |
1128 | |
625 | 1129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1130 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
1131 * cancelled. */ | |
1132 case K_F4: | |
1133 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1134 goto normalchar; | |
1135 break; | |
1136 #endif | |
1137 | |
7 | 1138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1139 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
1140 ins_scroll(); | |
1141 break; | |
1142 | |
1143 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
1144 ins_horscroll(); | |
1145 break; | |
1146 #endif | |
1147 | |
449 | 1148 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
7 | 1149 case K_KHOME: |
1150 case K_S_HOME: | |
1151 case K_C_HOME: | |
1152 ins_home(c); | |
1153 break; | |
1154 | |
449 | 1155 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
7 | 1156 case K_KEND: |
1157 case K_S_END: | |
1158 case K_C_END: | |
1159 ins_end(c); | |
1160 break; | |
1161 | |
449 | 1162 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
180 | 1163 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1164 ins_s_left(); | |
1165 else | |
1166 ins_left(); | |
7 | 1167 break; |
1168 | |
449 | 1169 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
7 | 1170 case K_C_LEFT: |
1171 ins_s_left(); | |
1172 break; | |
1173 | |
449 | 1174 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
180 | 1175 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1176 ins_s_right(); | |
1177 else | |
1178 ins_right(); | |
7 | 1179 break; |
1180 | |
449 | 1181 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
7 | 1182 case K_C_RIGHT: |
1183 ins_s_right(); | |
1184 break; | |
1185 | |
449 | 1186 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
665 | 1187 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1188 if (pum_visible()) | |
1189 goto docomplete; | |
1190 #endif | |
180 | 1191 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1192 ins_pageup(); | |
1193 else | |
1194 ins_up(FALSE); | |
7 | 1195 break; |
1196 | |
449 | 1197 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
7 | 1198 case K_PAGEUP: |
1199 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
613 | 1200 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1201 if (pum_visible()) |
1202 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1203 #endif |
7 | 1204 ins_pageup(); |
1205 break; | |
1206 | |
449 | 1207 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
665 | 1208 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1209 if (pum_visible()) | |
1210 goto docomplete; | |
1211 #endif | |
180 | 1212 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1213 ins_pagedown(); | |
1214 else | |
1215 ins_down(FALSE); | |
7 | 1216 break; |
1217 | |
449 | 1218 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
7 | 1219 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
1220 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
613 | 1221 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1222 if (pum_visible()) |
1223 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1224 #endif |
7 | 1225 ins_pagedown(); |
1226 break; | |
1227 | |
1228 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
449 | 1229 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
7 | 1230 ins_drop(); |
1231 break; | |
1232 #endif | |
1233 | |
449 | 1234 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
7 | 1235 c = TAB; |
1236 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1237 | |
449 | 1238 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
7 | 1239 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1240 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
1241 goto docomplete; | |
1242 #endif | |
1243 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1244 if (ins_tab()) | |
1245 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
1246 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1247 break; | |
1248 | |
449 | 1249 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
7 | 1250 c = CAR; |
1251 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1252 case CAR: | |
1253 case NL: | |
1254 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
1255 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
1256 * cursor. */ | |
1257 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
1258 { | |
644 | 1259 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
1260 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
1261 else /* location list window */ | |
1262 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
7 | 1263 break; |
1264 } | |
1265 #endif | |
1266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
1267 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
1268 { | |
1269 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
1270 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
1271 goto doESCkey; | |
1272 } | |
1273 #endif | |
1274 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
1275 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
1276 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
1277 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1278 break; | |
1279 | |
1280 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND) | |
449 | 1281 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
7 | 1282 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1283 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
1284 { | |
449 | 1285 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
1286 goto docomplete; | |
1287 break; | |
7 | 1288 } |
1289 # endif | |
1290 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
1291 c = ins_digraph(); | |
1292 if (c == NUL) | |
1293 break; | |
1294 # endif | |
1295 goto normalchar; | |
449 | 1296 #endif |
7 | 1297 |
1298 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
464 | 1299 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
1300 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
1301 break; | |
1302 | |
449 | 1303 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1304 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
1305 goto normalchar; | |
1306 goto docomplete; | |
1307 | |
449 | 1308 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1309 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
1310 goto normalchar; | |
1311 goto docomplete; | |
477 | 1312 |
1313 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
1314 case Ctrl_S: | |
1315 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
1316 goto normalchar; | |
1317 goto docomplete; | |
7 | 1318 #endif |
1319 | |
449 | 1320 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1321 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1322 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
1323 #endif | |
1324 { | |
1325 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
1326 if (p_im) | |
1327 { | |
1328 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1329 break; | |
1330 goto doESCkey; | |
1331 } | |
1332 goto normalchar; | |
1333 } | |
1334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1335 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1336 | |
449 | 1337 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
7 | 1338 case Ctrl_N: |
1339 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
1340 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
1341 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
1342 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
449 | 1343 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
7 | 1344 goto normalchar; |
1345 | |
1346 docomplete: | |
1927 | 1347 compl_busy = TRUE; |
7 | 1348 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
449 | 1349 compl_cont_status = 0; |
1927 | 1350 compl_busy = FALSE; |
7 | 1351 break; |
1352 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
1353 | |
449 | 1354 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
1355 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
1356 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
7 | 1357 break; |
1358 | |
1359 default: | |
1360 #ifdef UNIX | |
1361 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
1362 goto do_intr; | |
1363 #endif | |
1364 | |
1365 /* | |
1366 * Insert a nomal character. | |
1367 */ | |
1368 normalchar: | |
1369 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1370 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
1371 ins_try_si(c); | |
1372 #endif | |
1373 | |
1374 if (c == ' ') | |
1375 { | |
1376 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
1377 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1378 if (inindent(0)) | |
1379 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
1380 #endif | |
1381 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
1382 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
1383 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
1384 } | |
1385 | |
1386 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
1387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1388 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
1389 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
1390 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
1391 #endif | |
1392 c)) | |
1393 { | |
1394 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1396 revins_legal++; | |
1397 revins_chars++; | |
1398 #endif | |
1399 } | |
1400 | |
1401 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1402 | |
1403 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1404 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
1405 * closed fold. */ | |
1406 foldOpenCursor(); | |
1407 #endif | |
1408 break; | |
1409 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
1410 | |
978 | 1411 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1412 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
1413 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
1414 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
1415 #endif | |
1416 | |
7 | 1417 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
1418 if (arrow_used) | |
1419 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1420 | |
1421 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1422 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
1423 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1424 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
1425 # endif | |
1426 ) | |
1427 { | |
1428 force_cindent: | |
1429 /* | |
1430 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
1431 */ | |
1432 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
1433 { | |
1434 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
1435 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
1436 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1437 } | |
1438 } | |
1439 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
1440 | |
1441 } /* for (;;) */ | |
1442 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1443 } | |
1444 | |
1445 /* | |
1446 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
1447 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
1448 * option work correctly. | |
1449 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
1450 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
1451 */ | |
1452 static void | |
661 | 1453 ins_redraw(ready) |
1876 | 1454 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
7 | 1455 { |
1456 if (!char_avail()) | |
1457 { | |
661 | 1458 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
794 | 1459 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
1460 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
661 | 1461 if (ready && has_cursormovedI() |
794 | 1462 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
1463 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1464 && !pum_visible() | |
1465 # endif | |
1466 ) | |
661 | 1467 { |
1506 | 1468 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1469 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
1470 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
1471 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
1472 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
1473 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw) | |
1474 update_screen(0); | |
1475 # endif | |
661 | 1476 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
1477 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1478 } | |
1479 #endif | |
7 | 1480 if (must_redraw) |
1481 update_screen(0); | |
1482 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
1483 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
1484 showruler(FALSE); | |
1485 setcursor(); | |
1486 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
1487 } | |
1488 } | |
1489 | |
1490 /* | |
1491 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
1492 */ | |
1493 static void | |
1494 ins_ctrl_v() | |
1495 { | |
1496 int c; | |
1497 | |
1498 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 1499 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 1500 |
1501 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
1502 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); | |
1503 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
1504 | |
1505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1506 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
1507 #endif | |
1508 | |
1509 c = get_literal(); | |
1510 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1511 clear_showcmd(); | |
1512 #endif | |
1513 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
1514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1515 revins_chars++; | |
1516 revins_legal++; | |
1517 #endif | |
1518 } | |
1519 | |
1520 /* | |
1521 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
1522 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
1523 */ | |
1524 static int pc_status; | |
1525 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
1526 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
1527 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
1528 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
1529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1530 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1531 #else | |
1532 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1533 #endif | |
1534 static int pc_attr; | |
1535 static int pc_row; | |
1536 static int pc_col; | |
1537 | |
1538 void | |
1539 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
1540 int c; | |
1541 int highlight; | |
1542 { | |
1543 int attr; | |
1544 | |
1545 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
1546 { | |
1547 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
1548 validate_cursor(); | |
1549 if (highlight) | |
1550 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
1551 else | |
1552 attr = 0; | |
1553 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
1554 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
1555 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1556 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
1557 #endif | |
1558 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1559 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
1560 { | |
1561 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
1562 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1563 if (has_mbyte) | |
1564 { | |
1565 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
1566 | |
1567 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
1568 { | |
1569 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
1570 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
1571 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
1572 } | |
1573 } | |
1574 # endif | |
1575 } | |
1576 else | |
1577 #endif | |
1578 { | |
1579 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
1580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1581 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
1582 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
1583 #endif | |
1584 } | |
1585 | |
1586 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
1587 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1588 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
1589 #endif | |
1590 { | |
1591 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
1592 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
1593 } | |
1594 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
1595 } | |
1596 } | |
1597 | |
1598 /* | |
1599 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
1600 */ | |
1601 void | |
1602 edit_unputchar() | |
1603 { | |
1604 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
1605 { | |
1606 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1607 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
1608 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
1609 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
1610 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1611 else | |
1612 #endif | |
1613 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
1614 } | |
1615 } | |
1616 | |
1617 /* | |
1618 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
1619 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
1620 */ | |
1621 void | |
1622 display_dollar(col) | |
1623 colnr_T col; | |
1624 { | |
1625 colnr_T save_col; | |
1626 | |
1627 if (!redrawing()) | |
1628 return; | |
1629 | |
1630 cursor_off(); | |
1631 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1632 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
1633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1634 if (has_mbyte) | |
1635 { | |
1636 char_u *p; | |
1637 | |
1638 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
1639 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1640 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
1641 } | |
1642 #endif | |
1643 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
1644 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
1645 { | |
1646 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
1647 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
1648 } | |
1649 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
1650 } | |
1651 | |
1652 /* | |
1653 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
1654 * in insert mode. | |
1655 */ | |
1656 static void | |
1657 undisplay_dollar() | |
1658 { | |
1659 if (dollar_vcol) | |
1660 { | |
1661 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
1662 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1663 } | |
1664 } | |
1665 | |
1666 /* | |
1667 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
1668 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
1669 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
1670 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
1671 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
1672 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
1673 */ | |
1674 void | |
1516 | 1675 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 1676 int type; |
1677 int amount; | |
1678 int round; | |
1679 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
1516 | 1680 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 1681 { |
1682 int vcol; | |
1683 int last_vcol; | |
1684 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
1685 int new_cursor_col; | |
1686 int i; | |
1687 char_u *ptr; | |
1688 int save_p_list; | |
1689 int start_col; | |
1690 colnr_T vc; | |
1691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1692 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1693 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
1694 | |
1695 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
1696 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1697 { | |
1698 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
1699 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1700 } | |
1701 #endif | |
1702 | |
1703 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
1704 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1705 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1706 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
1707 vcol = vc; | |
1708 | |
1709 /* | |
1710 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
1711 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
1712 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
1713 */ | |
1714 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1715 | |
1716 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
1717 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1718 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
1719 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1720 | |
1721 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1722 | |
1723 /* | |
1724 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
1725 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
1726 */ | |
1727 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
1728 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1729 | |
1730 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
1731 start_col = -1; | |
1732 | |
1733 /* | |
1734 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
1735 */ | |
1736 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
1516 | 1737 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 1738 else |
1739 { | |
1740 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1741 int save_State = State; | |
1742 | |
1743 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
1744 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1745 State = INSERT; | |
1746 #endif | |
1516 | 1747 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 1748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
1749 State = save_State; | |
1750 #endif | |
1751 } | |
1752 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1753 | |
1754 /* | |
1755 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
1756 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
1757 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
1758 * non-blank character. | |
1759 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
1760 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
1761 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
1762 */ | |
1763 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
1764 { | |
1765 /* | |
1766 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
1767 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1768 */ | |
1769 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
1770 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1771 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1772 } | |
1773 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
1774 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1775 else | |
1776 { | |
1777 /* | |
1778 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
1779 */ | |
1780 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1869 | 1781 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
7 | 1782 |
1783 /* | |
1784 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
1785 */ | |
1786 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
1787 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
1788 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
1789 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1790 { | |
1791 last_vcol = vcol; | |
1792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1793 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
474 | 1794 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
7 | 1795 else |
1796 #endif | |
1797 ++new_cursor_col; | |
1798 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
1799 } | |
1800 vcol = last_vcol; | |
1801 | |
1802 /* | |
1803 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
1804 * the right screen column. | |
1805 */ | |
1806 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1807 { | |
1869 | 1808 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1809 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
1869 | 1810 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
7 | 1811 if (ptr != NULL) |
1812 { | |
1813 new_cursor_col += i; | |
1814 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
1815 while (--i >= 0) | |
1816 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
1817 ins_str(ptr); | |
1818 vim_free(ptr); | |
1819 } | |
1820 } | |
1821 | |
1822 /* | |
1823 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
1824 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1825 */ | |
1826 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1827 } | |
1828 | |
1829 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
1830 | |
1831 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
1832 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1833 else | |
1869 | 1834 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1835 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
1836 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
1837 | |
1838 /* | |
1839 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
1840 */ | |
1841 if (State & INSERT) | |
1842 { | |
1843 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
1844 { | |
1845 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
1846 Insstart.col = 0; | |
1847 else | |
1848 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
1849 } | |
1850 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
1851 ai_col = 0; | |
1852 else | |
1853 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
1854 } | |
1855 | |
1856 /* | |
1857 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
1858 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
1859 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
1860 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
1861 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
1862 */ | |
1863 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
1864 { | |
1865 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
1866 { | |
1867 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1868 --start_col; | |
1869 } | |
1870 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
1871 { | |
1872 replace_push(NUL); | |
1873 if (replaced) | |
1874 { | |
1875 replace_push(replaced); | |
1876 replaced = NUL; | |
1877 } | |
1878 ++start_col; | |
1879 } | |
1880 } | |
1881 | |
1882 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1883 /* | |
1884 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
1885 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
1886 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
1887 */ | |
1888 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1889 { | |
1890 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
1891 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
1892 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
1893 return; | |
1894 | |
1895 /* Save new line */ | |
1896 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
1897 if (new_line == NULL) | |
1898 return; | |
1899 | |
1900 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
1901 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
1902 | |
1903 /* Put back original line */ | |
1904 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
1905 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
1906 | |
1907 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
1908 backspace_until_column(0); | |
1909 | |
1910 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
1911 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
1912 | |
1913 vim_free(new_line); | |
1914 } | |
1915 #endif | |
1916 } | |
1917 | |
1918 /* | |
1919 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
1920 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
1921 * modes. | |
1922 */ | |
1923 void | |
1924 truncate_spaces(line) | |
1925 char_u *line; | |
1926 { | |
1927 int i; | |
1928 | |
1929 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
1930 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
1931 { | |
1932 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1933 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1934 } | |
1935 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
1936 } | |
1937 | |
1938 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
1939 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
1940 /* | |
1941 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
1942 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
1782 | 1943 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
1944 * character. | |
7 | 1945 */ |
1946 void | |
1947 backspace_until_column(col) | |
1948 int col; | |
1949 { | |
1950 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
1951 { | |
1952 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
1953 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 1954 replace_do_bs(col); |
1955 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
1956 break; | |
1957 } | |
1958 } | |
1959 #endif | |
1960 | |
1961 /* | |
1962 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
1963 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
1964 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
1965 */ | |
1966 static int | |
1967 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
1876 | 1968 int limit_col UNUSED; |
1782 | 1969 { |
1970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1971 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
1972 { | |
1869 | 1973 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
1782 | 1974 |
1975 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
1976 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
1977 * composing character. */ | |
1978 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
1796 | 1979 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
1782 | 1980 { |
1981 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
1982 | |
1983 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
1984 break; | |
1985 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
1986 } | |
1987 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
1988 return FALSE; | |
1869 | 1989 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
1782 | 1990 } |
1991 else | |
1992 #endif | |
1993 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
1994 return TRUE; | |
1995 } | |
7 | 1996 |
1997 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
1998 /* | |
449 | 1999 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
2000 */ | |
2001 static void | |
2002 ins_ctrl_x() | |
2003 { | |
2004 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
2005 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
2006 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
2007 { | |
2008 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
2009 * compl_cont_status */ | |
2010 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
665 | 2011 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
449 | 2012 else |
2013 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
2014 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
2015 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
2016 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
2017 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
2018 showmode(); | |
2019 } | |
2020 } | |
2021 | |
2022 /* | |
2023 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
2024 */ | |
2025 static int | |
2026 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
2027 int dict_opt; | |
2028 { | |
703 | 2029 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
744 | 2030 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2031 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
2032 # endif | |
2033 ) | |
449 | 2034 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
2035 { | |
2036 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
2037 edit_submode = NULL; | |
2038 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
2039 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
2040 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
2041 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
2042 { | |
2043 vim_beep(); | |
2044 setcursor(); | |
2045 out_flush(); | |
2046 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
2047 } | |
2048 return FALSE; | |
2049 } | |
2050 return TRUE; | |
2051 } | |
2052 | |
2053 /* | |
7 | 2054 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
2055 * This depends on the current mode. | |
2056 */ | |
2057 int | |
2058 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
2059 int c; | |
2060 { | |
2061 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
2062 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
2063 return TRUE; | |
2064 | |
610 | 2065 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
644 | 2066 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
610 | 2067 return TRUE; |
2068 | |
7 | 2069 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
2070 { | |
2071 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
2072 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
2073 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
449 | 2074 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
7 | 2075 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
2076 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
2077 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
477 | 2078 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
2079 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
7 | 2080 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
2081 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
2082 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2083 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2084 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2085 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2086 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
2087 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2088 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
2089 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2090 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
2091 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2092 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
2093 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
2094 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2095 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
2096 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2097 #endif | |
2098 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2099 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
2100 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
12 | 2101 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
2102 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
449 | 2103 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
523 | 2104 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
449 | 2105 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
502 | 2106 #endif |
477 | 2107 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
2108 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
7 | 2109 } |
2110 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
2111 return FALSE; | |
2112 } | |
2113 | |
2114 /* | |
1430 | 2115 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
2116 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
2117 * is visible. | |
2118 */ | |
2119 static int | |
2120 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
2121 int c; | |
2122 { | |
2123 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
2124 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
2125 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
2126 | |
2127 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
2128 { | |
2129 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2130 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
2131 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
2132 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
2133 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
2134 | |
2135 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2136 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
2137 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
2138 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
2139 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
2140 | |
2141 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2142 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
2143 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
2144 } | |
2145 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
2146 } | |
2147 | |
2148 /* | |
659 | 2149 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
7 | 2150 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
1219 | 2151 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
7 | 2152 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
2153 */ | |
2154 int | |
681 | 2155 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
7 | 2156 char_u *str; |
2157 int len; | |
681 | 2158 int icase; |
7 | 2159 char_u *fname; |
2160 int dir; | |
464 | 2161 int flags; |
7 | 2162 { |
1353 | 2163 char_u *p; |
2164 int i, c; | |
2165 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
2166 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
2177 | 2167 int min_len; |
2004 | 2168 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
7 | 2169 int has_lower = FALSE; |
2170 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
1353 | 2171 |
1436 | 2172 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
1353 | 2173 { |
2174 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
2175 | |
2176 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
2177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2178 if (has_mbyte) | |
2179 { | |
2180 p = str; | |
2181 actual_len = 0; | |
2182 while (*p != NUL) | |
2183 { | |
2184 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2185 ++actual_len; | |
2186 } | |
2187 } | |
2188 else | |
2189 #endif | |
2190 actual_len = len; | |
2191 | |
2192 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
2193 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2194 if (has_mbyte) | |
2195 { | |
2196 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2197 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
2198 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 2199 { |
1353 | 2200 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
2201 ++actual_compl_length; | |
2202 } | |
2203 } | |
2204 else | |
2205 #endif | |
2206 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
2207 | |
2177 | 2208 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
2209 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
2210 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
2211 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
2212 | |
1353 | 2213 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
1869 | 2214 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
1353 | 2215 if (wca != NULL) |
2216 { | |
2217 p = str; | |
2218 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2220 if (has_mbyte) | |
2221 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2222 else | |
2223 #endif | |
2224 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
2225 | |
2226 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
2227 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2228 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2229 { |
2230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2231 if (has_mbyte) | |
2232 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2233 else | |
2234 #endif | |
2235 c = *(p++); | |
2236 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
7 | 2237 { |
1353 | 2238 has_lower = TRUE; |
2239 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
2240 { | |
2241 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
2242 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2243 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2244 break; | |
2245 } | |
7 | 2246 } |
2247 } | |
1353 | 2248 |
2249 /* | |
2250 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
2251 * upper case. | |
2252 */ | |
2253 if (!has_lower) | |
2254 { | |
2255 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2256 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2257 { |
2258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2259 if (has_mbyte) | |
2260 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2261 else | |
2262 #endif | |
2263 c = *(p++); | |
2264 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
2265 { | |
2266 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
2267 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2268 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
2269 break; | |
2270 } | |
2271 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
2272 } | |
2273 } | |
2274 | |
2275 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
2276 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2277 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
7 | 2278 { |
1353 | 2279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2280 if (has_mbyte) | |
2281 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2282 else | |
2283 #endif | |
2284 c = *(p++); | |
2285 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2286 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2287 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2288 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
7 | 2289 } |
1353 | 2290 |
1436 | 2291 /* |
1353 | 2292 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
2293 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
2294 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
2295 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
2296 */ | |
2297 p = IObuff; | |
2298 i = 0; | |
2299 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
2300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2301 if (has_mbyte) | |
1446 | 2302 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
1353 | 2303 else |
2304 #endif | |
2305 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
2306 *p = NUL; | |
2307 | |
2308 vim_free(wca); | |
2309 } | |
7 | 2310 |
841 | 2311 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
2312 flags, FALSE); | |
2313 } | |
2314 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
7 | 2315 } |
2316 | |
2317 /* | |
2318 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
2319 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
464 | 2320 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
681 | 2321 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
7 | 2322 */ |
841 | 2323 static int |
944 | 2324 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
7 | 2325 char_u *str; |
2326 int len; | |
681 | 2327 int icase; |
7 | 2328 char_u *fname; |
841 | 2329 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
659 | 2330 int cdir; |
464 | 2331 int flags; |
944 | 2332 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
7 | 2333 { |
464 | 2334 compl_T *match; |
659 | 2335 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
7 | 2336 |
2337 ui_breakcheck(); | |
2338 if (got_int) | |
464 | 2339 return FAIL; |
7 | 2340 if (len < 0) |
2341 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
2342 | |
2343 /* | |
2344 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
2345 */ | |
944 | 2346 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
449 | 2347 { |
2348 match = compl_first_match; | |
7 | 2349 do |
2350 { | |
464 | 2351 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
989 | 2352 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
464 | 2353 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
2354 return NOTDONE; | |
2355 match = match->cp_next; | |
449 | 2356 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
7 | 2357 } |
2358 | |
540 | 2359 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
2360 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2361 | |
7 | 2362 /* |
2363 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
2364 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
2365 */ | |
659 | 2366 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
7 | 2367 if (match == NULL) |
464 | 2368 return FAIL; |
2369 match->cp_number = -1; | |
2370 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2371 match->cp_number = 0; | |
694 | 2372 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
7 | 2373 { |
2374 vim_free(match); | |
464 | 2375 return FAIL; |
7 | 2376 } |
681 | 2377 match->cp_icase = icase; |
659 | 2378 |
7 | 2379 /* match-fname is: |
464 | 2380 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
7 | 2381 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
2382 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
659 | 2383 if (fname != NULL |
829 | 2384 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
659 | 2385 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
2386 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
464 | 2387 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
659 | 2388 else if (fname != NULL) |
2389 { | |
2390 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
464 | 2391 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
659 | 2392 } |
7 | 2393 else |
464 | 2394 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
2395 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
786 | 2396 |
2397 if (cptext != NULL) | |
2398 { | |
2399 int i; | |
2400 | |
2401 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
2402 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
2403 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
2404 } | |
7 | 2405 |
2406 /* | |
2407 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
2408 */ | |
449 | 2409 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
464 | 2410 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
7 | 2411 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
2412 { | |
464 | 2413 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
2414 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
7 | 2415 } |
2416 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
2417 { | |
464 | 2418 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
2419 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
2420 } | |
2421 if (match->cp_next) | |
2422 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
2423 if (match->cp_prev) | |
2424 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
7 | 2425 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
449 | 2426 compl_first_match = match; |
2427 compl_curr_match = match; | |
7 | 2428 |
665 | 2429 /* |
2430 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
2431 */ | |
2432 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
2433 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
2434 | |
7 | 2435 return OK; |
2436 } | |
2437 | |
2438 /* | |
681 | 2439 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
2440 * match->cp_icase. | |
2441 */ | |
2442 static int | |
2443 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
2444 compl_T *match; | |
2445 char_u *str; | |
2446 int len; | |
2447 { | |
2448 if (match->cp_icase) | |
2449 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2450 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2451 } | |
2452 | |
2453 /* | |
665 | 2454 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
2455 */ | |
2456 static void | |
2457 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
2458 compl_T *match; | |
2459 { | |
2460 char_u *p, *s; | |
681 | 2461 int c1, c2; |
665 | 2462 int had_match; |
2463 | |
2464 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
842 | 2465 { |
665 | 2466 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
2467 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
842 | 2468 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
2469 { | |
2470 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2471 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2472 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
842 | 2473 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2474 | |
2475 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2476 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2477 if (!had_match) | |
2478 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2479 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2480 } | |
2481 } | |
665 | 2482 else |
2483 { | |
2484 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
681 | 2485 p = compl_leader; |
2486 s = match->cp_str; | |
2487 while (*p != NUL) | |
665 | 2488 { |
2489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2490 if (has_mbyte) | |
2491 { | |
681 | 2492 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
2493 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
665 | 2494 } |
2495 else | |
2496 #endif | |
2497 { | |
681 | 2498 c1 = *p; |
2499 c2 = *s; | |
2500 } | |
2501 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
2502 : (c1 != c2)) | |
2503 break; | |
2504 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2505 if (has_mbyte) | |
2506 { | |
2507 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2508 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
2509 } | |
2510 else | |
2511 #endif | |
2512 { | |
2513 ++p; | |
2514 ++s; | |
665 | 2515 } |
2516 } | |
2517 | |
2518 if (*p != NUL) | |
2519 { | |
2520 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
2521 *p = NUL; | |
2522 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2523 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2524 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 2525 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2526 | |
2527 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2528 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2529 if (!had_match) | |
2530 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2531 } | |
2532 | |
2533 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2534 } | |
2535 } | |
2536 | |
2537 /* | |
7 | 2538 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
2539 * Frees matches[]. | |
2540 */ | |
2541 static void | |
681 | 2542 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
7 | 2543 int num_matches; |
2544 char_u **matches; | |
681 | 2545 int icase; |
7 | 2546 { |
2547 int i; | |
2548 int add_r = OK; | |
659 | 2549 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2550 |
464 | 2551 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
681 | 2552 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
841 | 2553 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
7 | 2554 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
659 | 2555 dir = FORWARD; |
7 | 2556 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
2557 } | |
2558 | |
2559 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
2560 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
2561 */ | |
2562 static int | |
2563 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
2564 { | |
464 | 2565 compl_T *match; |
7 | 2566 int count = 0; |
2567 | |
449 | 2568 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
7 | 2569 { |
2570 /* | |
2571 * Find the end of the list. | |
2572 */ | |
449 | 2573 match = compl_first_match; |
2574 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
464 | 2575 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
2576 { | |
2577 match = match->cp_next; | |
7 | 2578 ++count; |
2579 } | |
464 | 2580 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
2581 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
7 | 2582 } |
2583 return count; | |
2584 } | |
2585 | |
724 | 2586 /* |
2587 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
2588 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
2589 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
2590 */ | |
2591 void | |
2592 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
1869 | 2593 colnr_T startcol; |
724 | 2594 list_T *list; |
2595 { | |
2596 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
2597 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
2598 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
2599 ins_compl_clear(); | |
2600 | |
2601 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
2602 return; | |
2603 | |
1869 | 2604 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
724 | 2605 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2606 compl_col = startcol; | |
1869 | 2607 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
724 | 2608 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
2609 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
2610 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 2611 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
724 | 2612 return; |
2613 | |
2614 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
2615 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
2616 | |
2617 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
2618 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
2619 compl_started = TRUE; | |
2620 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
929 | 2621 compl_cont_status = 0; |
724 | 2622 |
2623 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
2624 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
2625 out_flush(); | |
2626 } | |
2627 | |
2628 | |
574 | 2629 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
2630 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
659 | 2631 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
540 | 2632 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
2633 | |
2634 /* | |
2635 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
2636 */ | |
2637 static void | |
2638 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
2639 { | |
2640 int h; | |
2641 | |
2642 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2643 { | |
2644 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
2645 update_screen(0); | |
2646 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
2647 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2648 } | |
2649 } | |
2650 | |
2651 /* | |
2652 * Remove any popup menu. | |
2653 */ | |
2654 static void | |
2655 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
2656 { | |
2657 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2658 { | |
2659 pum_undisplay(); | |
2660 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
2661 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
2662 } | |
2663 } | |
2664 | |
2665 /* | |
2666 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
2667 */ | |
2668 static int | |
2669 pum_wanted() | |
2670 { | |
707 | 2671 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
665 | 2672 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
540 | 2673 return FALSE; |
2674 | |
2675 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
2676 if (t_colors < 8 | |
2677 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2678 && !gui.in_use | |
2679 #endif | |
2680 ) | |
2681 return FALSE; | |
657 | 2682 return TRUE; |
2683 } | |
2684 | |
2685 /* | |
2686 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
707 | 2687 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
657 | 2688 */ |
2689 static int | |
707 | 2690 pum_enough_matches() |
657 | 2691 { |
2692 compl_T *compl; | |
2693 int i; | |
540 | 2694 |
2695 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
2696 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
2697 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2698 i = 0; | |
2699 do | |
2700 { | |
2701 if (compl == NULL | |
2702 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
2703 break; | |
2704 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2705 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
2706 | |
707 | 2707 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
2708 return (i >= 1); | |
540 | 2709 return (i >= 2); |
2710 } | |
2711 | |
2712 /* | |
2713 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
659 | 2714 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
540 | 2715 */ |
648 | 2716 void |
540 | 2717 ins_compl_show_pum() |
2718 { | |
2719 compl_T *compl; | |
659 | 2720 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
2721 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
2722 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
540 | 2723 int i; |
2724 int cur = -1; | |
2725 colnr_T col; | |
657 | 2726 int lead_len = 0; |
2727 | |
707 | 2728 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
540 | 2729 return; |
2730 | |
794 | 2731 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
2732 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
2733 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
2734 #endif | |
2735 | |
540 | 2736 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
2737 update_screen(0); | |
2738 | |
2739 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
2740 { | |
2741 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
2742 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
2743 compl = compl_first_match; | |
657 | 2744 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
835 | 2745 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
540 | 2746 do |
2747 { | |
657 | 2748 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2749 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2750 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2751 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
2752 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2753 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
657 | 2754 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
2755 return; | |
659 | 2756 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
2757 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
540 | 2758 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
2759 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2760 { | |
829 | 2761 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
2762 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
2763 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2764 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2765 | |
540 | 2766 i = 0; |
2767 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2768 do | |
2769 { | |
657 | 2770 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2771 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2772 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2773 { |
659 | 2774 if (!shown_match_ok) |
2775 { | |
2776 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
2777 { | |
2778 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
2779 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
2780 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
2781 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
2782 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2783 } | |
2784 else | |
2785 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
2786 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
2787 shown_compl = compl; | |
540 | 2788 cur = i; |
659 | 2789 } |
786 | 2790 |
2791 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
2792 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
2793 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
2794 else | |
2795 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
2796 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
2797 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
2798 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
2799 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
2800 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
659 | 2801 else |
2802 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
2803 } | |
2804 | |
2805 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
2806 { | |
2807 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
716 | 2808 |
2809 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
2810 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
2811 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2812 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2813 | |
659 | 2814 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
2815 { | |
2816 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
2817 * previously displayed match. */ | |
2818 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
2819 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2820 } | |
540 | 2821 } |
2822 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2823 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
659 | 2824 |
2825 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
2826 cur = -1; | |
540 | 2827 } |
2828 } | |
2829 else | |
2830 { | |
2831 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
657 | 2832 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
786 | 2833 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
2834 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
2835 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
829 | 2836 { |
2837 cur = i; | |
657 | 2838 break; |
829 | 2839 } |
540 | 2840 } |
2841 | |
2842 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2843 { | |
2844 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
2845 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
2846 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2847 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
732 | 2848 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
540 | 2849 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
2850 } | |
2851 } | |
2852 | |
7 | 2853 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
2854 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
648 | 2855 |
7 | 2856 /* |
703 | 2857 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
2858 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
7 | 2859 */ |
2860 static void | |
703 | 2861 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
2862 char_u *dict_start; | |
7 | 2863 char_u *pat; |
667 | 2864 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
703 | 2865 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
2866 { | |
2867 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
7 | 2868 char_u *ptr; |
2869 char_u *buf; | |
2870 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
2871 char_u **files; | |
2872 int count; | |
2873 int save_p_scs; | |
659 | 2874 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2875 |
703 | 2876 if (*dict == NUL) |
2877 { | |
744 | 2878 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2879 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
2880 * "spell". */ | |
2881 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
2882 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
2883 else | |
2884 #endif | |
2885 return; | |
2886 } | |
2887 | |
7 | 2888 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
703 | 2889 if (buf == NULL) |
2890 return; | |
1074 | 2891 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
703 | 2892 |
7 | 2893 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
2894 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
2895 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
2896 p_scs = FALSE; | |
667 | 2897 |
2898 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
2899 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
842 | 2900 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
667 | 2901 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
2902 { | |
842 | 2903 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
1869 | 2904 size_t len; |
842 | 2905 |
2906 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
1159 | 2907 goto theend; |
1869 | 2908 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
2909 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
667 | 2910 if (ptr == NULL) |
842 | 2911 { |
2912 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
1074 | 2913 goto theend; |
842 | 2914 } |
1869 | 2915 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
842 | 2916 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
2917 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
667 | 2918 vim_free(ptr); |
2919 } | |
2920 else | |
703 | 2921 { |
667 | 2922 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
703 | 2923 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
2924 goto theend; | |
2925 } | |
667 | 2926 |
7 | 2927 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
2928 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
703 | 2929 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
7 | 2930 { |
2931 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
2932 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
2933 { | |
2934 count = 1; | |
2935 files = &dict; | |
2936 } | |
2937 else | |
2938 { | |
2939 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
2940 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
2941 * a modeline). */ | |
2942 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
744 | 2943 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2944 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
2945 count = -1; | |
744 | 2946 else |
2947 # endif | |
2948 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
7 | 2949 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
2950 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
2951 count = 0; | |
2952 } | |
2953 | |
744 | 2954 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2955 if (count == -1) |
2956 { | |
712 | 2957 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
2958 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
703 | 2959 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
2960 ptr = pat + 2; | |
2961 else | |
2962 ptr = pat; | |
2963 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); | |
2964 } | |
2965 else | |
744 | 2966 # endif |
938 | 2967 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
703 | 2968 { |
2969 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
2970 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
7 | 2971 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
703 | 2972 FreeWild(count, files); |
2973 } | |
2974 if (flags != 0) | |
7 | 2975 break; |
2976 } | |
703 | 2977 |
2978 theend: | |
7 | 2979 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
2980 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
2981 vim_free(buf); | |
2982 } | |
2983 | |
703 | 2984 static void |
2985 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
2986 int count; | |
2987 char_u **files; | |
2988 int thesaurus; | |
2989 int flags; | |
2990 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
2991 char_u *buf; | |
2992 int *dir; | |
2993 { | |
2994 char_u *ptr; | |
2995 int i; | |
2996 FILE *fp; | |
2997 int add_r; | |
2998 | |
2999 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
3000 { | |
3001 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
3002 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
3003 { | |
3004 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
3005 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
1869 | 3006 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
703 | 3007 } |
3008 | |
3009 if (fp != NULL) | |
3010 { | |
3011 /* | |
3012 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
3013 * Check each line for a match. | |
3014 */ | |
3015 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
3016 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
3017 { | |
3018 ptr = buf; | |
3019 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
3020 { | |
3021 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
3022 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3023 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
3024 else | |
3025 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
3026 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
3027 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
942 | 3028 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
703 | 3029 if (thesaurus) |
3030 { | |
3031 char_u *wstart; | |
3032 | |
3033 /* | |
3034 * Add the other matches on the line | |
3035 */ | |
1353 | 3036 ptr = buf; |
703 | 3037 while (!got_int) |
3038 { | |
3039 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
3040 * space and punctuation. */ | |
3041 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
3042 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
3043 break; | |
3044 wstart = ptr; | |
3045 | |
1353 | 3046 /* Find end of the word. */ |
703 | 3047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3048 if (has_mbyte) | |
3049 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
3050 * different classes, only separate words | |
3051 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
3052 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3053 { | |
3054 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
3055 | |
3056 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3057 break; | |
3058 ptr += l; | |
3059 } | |
3060 else | |
3061 #endif | |
3062 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
1353 | 3063 |
3064 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
3065 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
3066 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
3067 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
3068 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
703 | 3069 } |
3070 } | |
3071 if (add_r == OK) | |
3072 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3073 *dir = FORWARD; | |
3074 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
3075 break; | |
3076 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
3077 * of line */ | |
3078 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
3079 break; | |
3080 } | |
3081 line_breakcheck(); | |
3082 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
3083 } | |
3084 fclose(fp); | |
3085 } | |
3086 } | |
3087 } | |
3088 | |
7 | 3089 /* |
3090 * Find the start of the next word. | |
3091 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
3092 */ | |
3093 char_u * | |
3094 find_word_start(ptr) | |
3095 char_u *ptr; | |
3096 { | |
3097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3098 if (has_mbyte) | |
3099 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
474 | 3100 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3101 else |
3102 #endif | |
3103 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3104 ++ptr; | |
3105 return ptr; | |
3106 } | |
3107 | |
3108 /* | |
3109 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
3110 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
3111 */ | |
3112 char_u * | |
3113 find_word_end(ptr) | |
3114 char_u *ptr; | |
3115 { | |
3116 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3117 int start_class; | |
3118 | |
3119 if (has_mbyte) | |
3120 { | |
3121 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
3122 if (start_class > 1) | |
3123 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3124 { | |
474 | 3125 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3126 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
3127 break; | |
3128 } | |
3129 } | |
3130 else | |
3131 #endif | |
3132 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3133 ++ptr; | |
3134 return ptr; | |
3135 } | |
3136 | |
3137 /* | |
667 | 3138 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
3139 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
3140 */ | |
3141 static char_u * | |
3142 find_line_end(ptr) | |
3143 char_u *ptr; | |
3144 { | |
3145 char_u *s; | |
3146 | |
3147 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
3148 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
3149 --s; | |
3150 return s; | |
3151 } | |
3152 | |
3153 /* | |
7 | 3154 * Free the list of completions |
3155 */ | |
3156 static void | |
3157 ins_compl_free() | |
3158 { | |
464 | 3159 compl_T *match; |
786 | 3160 int i; |
7 | 3161 |
449 | 3162 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
3163 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3164 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3165 compl_leader = NULL; | |
449 | 3166 |
3167 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
7 | 3168 return; |
540 | 3169 |
3170 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3171 pum_clear(); | |
3172 | |
449 | 3173 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
7 | 3174 do |
3175 { | |
449 | 3176 match = compl_curr_match; |
464 | 3177 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
3178 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
7 | 3179 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
464 | 3180 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
3181 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
786 | 3182 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
3183 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
7 | 3184 vim_free(match); |
449 | 3185 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
3186 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
1927 | 3187 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
7 | 3188 } |
3189 | |
3190 static void | |
3191 ins_compl_clear() | |
3192 { | |
449 | 3193 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3194 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3195 compl_matches = 0; | |
3196 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
3197 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3198 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3199 compl_leader = NULL; | |
7 | 3200 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
724 | 3201 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
3202 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
825 | 3203 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3204 } |
3205 | |
3206 /* | |
674 | 3207 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
3208 */ | |
3209 int | |
3210 ins_compl_active() | |
3211 { | |
3212 return compl_started; | |
3213 } | |
3214 | |
3215 /* | |
659 | 3216 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
3217 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
836 | 3218 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
3219 * to be got from the user. | |
657 | 3220 */ |
3221 static int | |
3222 ins_compl_bs() | |
3223 { | |
3224 char_u *line; | |
3225 char_u *p; | |
3226 | |
836 | 3227 line = ml_get_curline(); |
3228 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3229 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
3230 | |
1430 | 3231 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
3232 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
3233 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
3234 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
3235 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
836 | 3236 return K_BS; |
3237 | |
874 | 3238 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
3239 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
3240 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
3241 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
3242 ins_compl_restart(); | |
657 | 3243 |
3244 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
835 | 3245 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
657 | 3246 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3247 { | |
874 | 3248 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3249 return NUL; | |
3250 } | |
3251 return K_BS; | |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 /* | |
3255 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
3256 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
3257 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
3258 */ | |
3259 static void | |
3260 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
3261 { | |
3262 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3263 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 3264 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
874 | 3265 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
3266 | |
3267 if (compl_started) | |
3268 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
3269 else | |
3270 { | |
826 | 3271 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
874 | 3272 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
3273 #endif | |
3274 /* | |
3275 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
3276 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
3277 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
3278 */ | |
3279 update_screen(0); | |
3280 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3281 if (gui.in_use) | |
3282 { | |
3283 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
3284 setcursor(); | |
3285 out_flush(); | |
3286 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
3287 } | |
3288 #endif | |
3289 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
3290 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
3291 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3292 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
3293 } | |
3294 | |
887 | 3295 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ |
874 | 3296 if (!compl_used_match) |
3297 { | |
829 | 3298 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ |
3299 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
3300 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) | |
3301 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; | |
3302 else | |
3303 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; | |
3304 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
3305 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
874 | 3306 } |
887 | 3307 #endif |
3308 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; | |
874 | 3309 |
3310 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
3311 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
947 | 3312 |
3313 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
3314 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
3315 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
657 | 3316 } |
3317 | |
3318 /* | |
1782 | 3319 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
3320 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
3321 */ | |
3322 static int | |
3323 ins_compl_len() | |
3324 { | |
1869 | 3325 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
1782 | 3326 |
3327 if (off < 0) | |
3328 return 0; | |
3329 return off; | |
3330 } | |
3331 | |
3332 /* | |
657 | 3333 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3334 * matches. | |
3335 */ | |
3336 static void | |
3337 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
3338 int c; | |
3339 { | |
3340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3341 int cc; | |
3342 | |
3343 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
3344 { | |
3345 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3346 | |
3347 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
3348 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
3349 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
3350 } | |
3351 else | |
3352 #endif | |
3353 ins_char(c); | |
3354 | |
874 | 3355 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
3356 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
3357 ins_compl_restart(); | |
3358 | |
657 | 3359 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3360 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
1869 | 3361 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
657 | 3362 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
874 | 3363 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3364 } | |
3365 | |
3366 /* | |
3367 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
3368 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
3369 */ | |
3370 static void | |
3371 ins_compl_restart() | |
3372 { | |
3373 ins_compl_free(); | |
3374 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3375 compl_matches = 0; | |
3376 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3377 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
694 | 3378 } |
3379 | |
3380 /* | |
3381 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
3382 */ | |
3383 static void | |
3384 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
3385 char_u *str; | |
3386 { | |
3387 char_u *p; | |
3388 | |
3389 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
3390 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
3391 { | |
3392 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
3393 if (p != NULL) | |
3394 { | |
3395 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
3396 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
3397 } | |
657 | 3398 } |
3399 } | |
3400 | |
3401 /* | |
659 | 3402 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3403 * matches. | |
3404 */ | |
3405 static void | |
3406 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
3407 { | |
3408 char_u *p; | |
1869 | 3409 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
659 | 3410 int c; |
887 | 3411 compl_T *cp; |
659 | 3412 |
3413 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
677 | 3414 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
887 | 3415 { |
3416 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
3417 * the leader. */ | |
3418 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
3419 { | |
3420 p = NULL; | |
3421 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
3422 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
3423 { | |
987 | 3424 if (compl_leader == NULL |
3425 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
887 | 3426 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
3427 { | |
3428 p = cp->cp_str; | |
3429 break; | |
3430 } | |
3431 } | |
3432 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
3433 return; | |
3434 } | |
3435 else | |
3436 return; | |
3437 } | |
659 | 3438 p += len; |
3439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3440 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
3441 #else | |
3442 c = *p; | |
3443 #endif | |
3444 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
3445 } | |
3446 | |
3447 /* | |
7 | 3448 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
464 | 3449 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
540 | 3450 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
7 | 3451 */ |
540 | 3452 static int |
7 | 3453 ins_compl_prep(c) |
3454 int c; | |
3455 { | |
3456 char_u *ptr; | |
3457 int want_cindent; | |
540 | 3458 int retval = FALSE; |
7 | 3459 |
3460 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
3461 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
3462 */ | |
3463 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3464 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
3465 | |
1434 | 3466 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
3467 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP) | |
540 | 3468 return retval; |
7 | 3469 |
665 | 3470 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
3471 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
3472 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
3473 { | |
3474 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
3475 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
3476 } | |
3477 | |
7 | 3478 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
3479 { | |
3480 /* | |
3481 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
3482 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
3483 */ | |
3484 switch (c) | |
3485 { | |
3486 case Ctrl_E: | |
3487 case Ctrl_Y: | |
3488 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
3489 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
3490 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3491 else | |
3492 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3493 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
3494 showmode(); | |
3495 break; | |
3496 case Ctrl_L: | |
3497 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
3498 break; | |
3499 case Ctrl_F: | |
3500 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
3501 break; | |
3502 case Ctrl_K: | |
3503 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3504 break; | |
3505 case Ctrl_R: | |
3506 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
3507 break; | |
3508 case Ctrl_T: | |
3509 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3510 break; | |
12 | 3511 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
3512 case Ctrl_U: | |
3513 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
3514 break; | |
449 | 3515 case Ctrl_O: |
523 | 3516 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
449 | 3517 break; |
502 | 3518 #endif |
477 | 3519 case 's': |
3520 case Ctrl_S: | |
3521 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
744 | 3522 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
819 | 3523 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
484 | 3524 spell_back_to_badword(); |
819 | 3525 --emsg_off; |
484 | 3526 #endif |
477 | 3527 break; |
7 | 3528 case Ctrl_RSB: |
3529 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
3530 break; | |
3531 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3532 case Ctrl_I: | |
3533 case K_S_TAB: | |
3534 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3535 break; | |
3536 case Ctrl_D: | |
3537 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3538 break; | |
3539 #endif | |
3540 case Ctrl_V: | |
3541 case Ctrl_Q: | |
3542 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
3543 break; | |
3544 case Ctrl_P: | |
3545 case Ctrl_N: | |
3546 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
3547 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
3548 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
3549 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
3550 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
3551 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
3552 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 3553 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
3554 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
3555 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
3556 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 3557 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
3558 default: | |
449 | 3559 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
3560 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
3561 * mode). | |
3562 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
3563 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
3564 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
3565 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
3566 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
3567 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
3568 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
7 | 3569 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
3570 { | |
449 | 3571 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
3572 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
7 | 3573 else |
449 | 3574 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
7 | 3575 } |
3576 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3577 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3578 showmode(); | |
3579 break; | |
3580 } | |
3581 } | |
3582 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
3583 { | |
3584 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
3585 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3586 { | |
3587 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
3588 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3589 else | |
3590 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
3591 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3592 } | |
3593 showmode(); | |
3594 } | |
3595 | |
449 | 3596 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
7 | 3597 { |
3598 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
3599 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
449 | 3600 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
7 | 3601 showmode(); |
644 | 3602 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
3603 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
7 | 3604 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
3605 { | |
3606 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
3607 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
449 | 3608 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
836 | 3609 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 3610 { |
449 | 3611 char_u *p; |
938 | 3612 int temp = 0; |
449 | 3613 |
7 | 3614 /* |
836 | 3615 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
3616 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
3617 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
3618 * of the original text that has changed. | |
3619 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
3620 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
7 | 3621 */ |
836 | 3622 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
3623 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
3624 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
3625 ptr = compl_leader; | |
3626 else | |
3627 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
897 | 3628 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
3629 { | |
3630 p = compl_orig_text; | |
3631 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
3632 ++temp) | |
3633 ; | |
836 | 3634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
897 | 3635 if (temp > 0) |
3636 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
3637 #endif | |
3638 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
3639 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
3640 } | |
3641 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3642 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
7 | 3643 } |
3644 | |
3645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3646 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
3647 #endif | |
3648 /* | |
3649 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
3650 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
3651 */ | |
449 | 3652 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
7 | 3653 { |
3654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3655 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
3656 if (want_cindent) | |
3657 { | |
3658 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3659 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
3660 } | |
3661 #endif | |
3662 } | |
3663 else | |
3664 { | |
1073 | 3665 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3666 | |
7 | 3667 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
1073 | 3668 if (prev_col > 0) |
3669 dec_cursor(); | |
7 | 3670 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
3671 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
1073 | 3672 if (prev_col > 0 |
3673 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
3674 inc_cursor(); | |
7 | 3675 } |
3676 | |
816 | 3677 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
825 | 3678 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
3679 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
3680 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
3681 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
3682 && pum_visible()) | |
540 | 3683 retval = TRUE; |
3684 | |
816 | 3685 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
3686 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
3687 { | |
3688 ins_compl_delete(); | |
3689 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
1782 | 3690 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3691 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
1782 | 3692 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3693 retval = TRUE; |
3694 } | |
3695 | |
1698 | 3696 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
3697 | |
7 | 3698 ins_compl_free(); |
449 | 3699 compl_started = FALSE; |
3700 compl_matches = 0; | |
7 | 3701 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
3702 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
825 | 3703 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3704 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
3705 { | |
3706 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3707 showmode(); | |
3708 } | |
3709 | |
3710 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3711 /* | |
3712 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
3713 */ | |
3714 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
3715 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3716 #endif | |
3717 } | |
3718 } | |
3719 | |
3720 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
3721 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
3722 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3723 { | |
449 | 3724 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3725 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
7 | 3726 } |
540 | 3727 |
3728 return retval; | |
7 | 3729 } |
3730 | |
3731 /* | |
3732 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
3733 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
3734 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
3735 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
3736 * | |
3737 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
3738 */ | |
3739 static buf_T * | |
3740 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
3741 buf_T *buf; | |
3742 int flag; | |
3743 { | |
3744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3745 static win_T *wp; | |
3746 #endif | |
3747 | |
3748 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
3749 { | |
3750 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3751 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
3752 wp = curwin; | |
383 | 3753 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
7 | 3754 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
3755 ; | |
3756 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
3757 #else | |
3758 buf = curbuf; | |
3759 #endif | |
3760 } | |
3761 else | |
3762 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
3763 * (unlisted buffers) | |
3764 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
383 | 3765 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
7 | 3766 && ((flag == 'U' |
3767 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
3768 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
3769 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
667 | 3770 || buf->b_scanned)) |
7 | 3771 ; |
3772 return buf; | |
3773 } | |
3774 | |
12 | 3775 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
659 | 3776 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
12 | 3777 |
3778 /* | |
523 | 3779 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
502 | 3780 * get matches in "matches". |
12 | 3781 */ |
659 | 3782 static void |
3783 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
523 | 3784 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
12 | 3785 char_u *base; |
3786 { | |
452 | 3787 list_T *matchlist; |
502 | 3788 char_u *args[2]; |
3789 char_u *funcname; | |
3790 pos_T pos; | |
3791 | |
3792 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
3793 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
659 | 3794 return; |
452 | 3795 |
3796 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
3797 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
502 | 3798 args[1] = base; |
3799 | |
3800 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3801 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
3802 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
452 | 3803 if (matchlist == NULL) |
659 | 3804 return; |
3805 | |
724 | 3806 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); |
3807 list_unref(matchlist); | |
3808 } | |
3809 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
3810 | |
786 | 3811 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 3812 /* |
3813 * Add completions from a list. | |
3814 */ | |
3815 static void | |
3816 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
3817 list_T *list; | |
3818 { | |
3819 listitem_T *li; | |
3820 int dir = compl_direction; | |
3821 | |
659 | 3822 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
724 | 3823 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
452 | 3824 { |
786 | 3825 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
3826 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3827 dir = FORWARD; | |
648 | 3828 else if (did_emsg) |
3829 break; | |
452 | 3830 } |
724 | 3831 } |
786 | 3832 |
3833 /* | |
3834 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
3835 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
3836 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
3837 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
3838 */ | |
3839 int | |
3840 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
3841 typval_T *tv; | |
3842 int dir; | |
3843 { | |
3844 char_u *word; | |
867 | 3845 int icase = FALSE; |
944 | 3846 int adup = FALSE; |
786 | 3847 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
3848 | |
3849 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
3850 { | |
3851 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
3852 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3853 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
3854 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3855 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
3856 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3857 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
3858 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3859 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
3860 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
3861 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
841 | 3862 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
944 | 3863 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
786 | 3864 } |
3865 else | |
3866 { | |
3867 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
3868 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
3869 } | |
3870 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) | |
3871 return FAIL; | |
944 | 3872 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
786 | 3873 } |
724 | 3874 #endif |
12 | 3875 |
449 | 3876 /* |
3877 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
659 | 3878 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
3879 * compl_direction. | |
667 | 3880 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
3881 * where we stopped searching before. | |
449 | 3882 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
3883 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
7 | 3884 */ |
3885 static int | |
659 | 3886 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
7 | 3887 pos_T *ini; |
3888 { | |
3889 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
3890 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
3891 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
449 | 3892 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
3893 certain type. */ | |
3894 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
7 | 3895 |
464 | 3896 pos_T *pos; |
3897 char_u **matches; | |
3898 int save_p_scs; | |
3899 int save_p_ws; | |
3900 int save_p_ic; | |
3901 int i; | |
3902 int num_matches; | |
3903 int len; | |
3904 int found_new_match; | |
3905 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
3906 char_u *ptr; | |
3907 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
3908 int dict_f = 0; | |
3909 compl_T *old_match; | |
7 | 3910 |
449 | 3911 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 3912 { |
3913 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
3914 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
3915 found_all = FALSE; | |
3916 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
449 | 3917 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
12 | 3918 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
7 | 3919 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
3920 } | |
3921 | |
449 | 3922 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
659 | 3923 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
7 | 3924 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
3925 for (;;) | |
3926 { | |
3927 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
3928 | |
449 | 3929 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
7 | 3930 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
3931 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
3932 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 3933 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
7 | 3934 { |
3935 found_all = FALSE; | |
3936 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
3937 e_cpt++; | |
3938 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
3939 { | |
3940 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
3941 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
3942 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
3943 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
3944 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
3945 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
3946 type = 0; | |
3947 } | |
3948 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
3949 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
3950 { | |
3951 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
3952 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
3953 { | |
449 | 3954 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 3955 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
3956 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3957 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
3958 type = 0; | |
3959 } | |
3960 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
3961 { | |
3962 found_all = TRUE; | |
3963 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
3964 continue; | |
3965 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3966 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
3967 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
3968 } | |
274 | 3969 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
7 | 3970 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
3971 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
3972 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
3973 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
3974 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
1869 | 3975 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 3976 } |
3977 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
3978 break; | |
3979 else | |
3980 { | |
3981 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3982 type = -1; | |
3983 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
3984 { | |
3985 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
3986 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3987 else | |
3988 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3989 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
3990 { | |
3991 dict = e_cpt; | |
3992 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
3993 } | |
3994 } | |
3995 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3996 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
3997 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3998 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
3999 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
4000 #endif | |
4001 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
4002 { | |
4003 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
1872 | 4004 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
1869 | 4005 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4006 } |
4007 else | |
4008 type = -1; | |
4009 | |
4010 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
4011 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
4012 | |
4013 found_all = TRUE; | |
4014 if (type == -1) | |
4015 continue; | |
4016 } | |
4017 } | |
4018 | |
4019 switch (type) | |
4020 { | |
4021 case -1: | |
4022 break; | |
4023 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4024 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
4025 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
659 | 4026 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
449 | 4027 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
7 | 4028 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
449 | 4029 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4030 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
4031 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
4032 break; | |
4033 #endif | |
4034 | |
4035 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
4036 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
4037 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
703 | 4038 dict != NULL ? dict |
7 | 4039 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
4040 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
4041 ? p_tsr | |
4042 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
4043 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
4044 ? p_dict | |
4045 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
659 | 4046 compl_pattern, |
703 | 4047 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
4048 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
7 | 4049 dict = NULL; |
4050 break; | |
4051 | |
4052 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
4053 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
4054 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
449 | 4055 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
7 | 4056 |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4057 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
449 | 4058 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
4059 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
7 | 4060 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
4061 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
4062 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
4063 { | |
942 | 4064 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
7 | 4065 } |
4066 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
4067 break; | |
4068 | |
4069 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
449 | 4070 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
7 | 4071 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
4072 { | |
4073 | |
4074 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
449 | 4075 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
681 | 4076 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
4077 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
4078 TRUE | |
4079 #else | |
4080 FALSE | |
4081 #endif | |
4082 ); | |
7 | 4083 } |
4084 break; | |
4085 | |
4086 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
449 | 4087 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4088 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
7 | 4089 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
681 | 4090 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
7 | 4091 break; |
4092 | |
12 | 4093 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4094 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
523 | 4095 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
659 | 4096 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
12 | 4097 break; |
4098 #endif | |
4099 | |
477 | 4100 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
744 | 4101 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
477 | 4102 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
1872 | 4103 compl_pattern, &matches); |
477 | 4104 if (num_matches > 0) |
942 | 4105 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
477 | 4106 #endif |
4107 break; | |
4108 | |
7 | 4109 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
4110 /* | |
4111 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
4112 */ | |
4113 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
4114 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
4115 p_scs = FALSE; | |
449 | 4116 |
7 | 4117 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
4118 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
4119 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
4120 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
4121 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
4122 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
4123 p_ws = FALSE; | |
4124 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
4125 p_ws = TRUE; | |
4126 for (;;) | |
4127 { | |
464 | 4128 int flags = 0; |
7 | 4129 |
1007 | 4130 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
4131 | |
540 | 4132 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
4133 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
7 | 4134 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
449 | 4135 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4136 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
659 | 4137 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
7 | 4138 else |
659 | 4139 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
4140 compl_direction, | |
449 | 4141 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
1496 | 4142 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
1007 | 4143 --msg_silent; |
449 | 4144 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4145 { |
667 | 4146 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
449 | 4147 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4148 first_match_pos = *pos; |
4149 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
4150 } | |
4151 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
665 | 4152 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
7 | 4153 found_new_match = FAIL; |
4154 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
4155 { | |
4156 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
4157 found_all = TRUE; | |
4158 break; | |
4159 } | |
4160 | |
4161 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
449 | 4162 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
7 | 4163 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
4164 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
4165 continue; | |
4166 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
4167 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4168 { | |
449 | 4169 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4170 { |
4171 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4172 continue; | |
4173 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4174 if (!p_paste) | |
4175 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4176 } | |
4177 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
4178 } | |
4179 else | |
4180 { | |
449 | 4181 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
4182 | |
4183 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 4184 { |
449 | 4185 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
7 | 4186 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
4187 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
4188 continue; | |
4189 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4190 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4191 } | |
4192 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
4193 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4194 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4195 | |
449 | 4196 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
4197 && len == compl_length) | |
7 | 4198 { |
4199 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4200 { | |
4201 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
4202 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
4203 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
449 | 4204 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
7 | 4205 * works -- Acevedo */ |
4206 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
4207 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4208 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4209 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4210 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4211 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
4212 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4213 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
4214 { | |
419 | 4215 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
7 | 4216 { |
419 | 4217 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
7 | 4218 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4219 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
4220 if (p_js | |
419 | 4221 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
7 | 4222 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
4223 == NULL | |
419 | 4224 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
4225 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
7 | 4226 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4227 } | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4228 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
7 | 4229 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
4230 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
4231 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4232 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
464 | 4233 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 4234 } |
4235 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
4236 ptr = IObuff; | |
4237 } | |
449 | 4238 if (len == compl_length) |
7 | 4239 continue; |
4240 } | |
4241 } | |
942 | 4242 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
540 | 4243 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
659 | 4244 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
7 | 4245 { |
4246 found_new_match = OK; | |
4247 break; | |
4248 } | |
4249 } | |
4250 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
4251 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
4252 } | |
540 | 4253 |
449 | 4254 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
1796 | 4255 * expansion added something) */ |
540 | 4256 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
7 | 4257 found_new_match = OK; |
4258 | |
4259 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
4260 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
4261 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4262 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
540 | 4263 { |
4264 if (got_int) | |
4265 break; | |
665 | 4266 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
989 | 4267 if (type != -1) |
540 | 4268 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
665 | 4269 |
540 | 4270 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
4271 || compl_interrupted) | |
4272 break; | |
4273 compl_started = TRUE; | |
4274 } | |
4275 else | |
4276 { | |
4277 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
4278 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
4279 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
4280 | |
4281 compl_started = FALSE; | |
4282 } | |
449 | 4283 } |
4284 compl_started = TRUE; | |
7 | 4285 |
4286 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4287 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
4288 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4289 | |
4290 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
4291 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
4292 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
4293 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
4294 | |
4295 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
449 | 4296 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
4297 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
724 | 4298 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
4299 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
449 | 4300 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
4301 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
7 | 4302 return i; |
4303 } | |
4304 | |
4305 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
4306 static void | |
4307 ins_compl_delete() | |
4308 { | |
4309 int i; | |
4310 | |
4311 /* | |
4312 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
4313 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
4314 */ | |
449 | 4315 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
7 | 4316 backspace_until_column(i); |
4317 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
4318 } | |
4319 | |
4320 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
4321 static void | |
4322 ins_compl_insert() | |
4323 { | |
1782 | 4324 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
683 | 4325 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
4326 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
4327 else | |
4328 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
7 | 4329 } |
4330 | |
4331 /* | |
4332 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
464 | 4333 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
4334 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
4335 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
4336 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
4337 * through the ones found so far. | |
7 | 4338 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
4339 * | |
449 | 4340 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
4341 * compl_shown_match here. | |
7 | 4342 * |
4343 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
464 | 4344 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
4345 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
7 | 4346 */ |
4347 static int | |
665 | 4348 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
7 | 4349 int allow_get_expansion; |
610 | 4350 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
4351 be at least 1 */ | |
665 | 4352 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
7 | 4353 { |
4354 int num_matches = -1; | |
4355 int i; | |
610 | 4356 int todo = count; |
657 | 4357 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
4358 int found_end = FALSE; | |
836 | 4359 int advance; |
7 | 4360 |
665 | 4361 if (compl_leader != NULL |
4362 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
4363 { | |
4364 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
4365 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
681 | 4366 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4367 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
665 | 4368 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
4369 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
4370 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
887 | 4371 |
4372 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
4373 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
4374 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4375 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4376 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4377 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
4378 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
4379 { | |
4380 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4381 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4382 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
4383 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
4384 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4385 } | |
665 | 4386 } |
4387 | |
4388 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
874 | 4389 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
7 | 4390 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
4391 ins_compl_delete(); | |
665 | 4392 |
836 | 4393 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
4394 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
4395 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
4396 | |
874 | 4397 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
4398 if (compl_restarting) | |
4399 { | |
4400 advance = FALSE; | |
4401 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
4402 } | |
4403 | |
610 | 4404 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
4405 * around. */ | |
4406 while (--todo >= 0) | |
4407 { | |
4408 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4409 { | |
4410 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
657 | 4411 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
4412 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
4413 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
610 | 4414 } |
4415 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4416 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4417 { | |
657 | 4418 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
610 | 4419 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
657 | 4420 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
7 | 4421 } |
4422 else | |
610 | 4423 { |
909 | 4424 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
4425 { | |
4426 if (advance) | |
4427 { | |
4428 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4429 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
4430 else | |
4431 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
4432 } | |
4433 return -1; | |
4434 } | |
4435 | |
836 | 4436 if (advance) |
4437 { | |
4438 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4439 --compl_pending; | |
4440 else | |
4441 ++compl_pending; | |
4442 } | |
657 | 4443 |
874 | 4444 /* Find matches. */ |
659 | 4445 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
909 | 4446 |
4447 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
4448 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
836 | 4449 && advance) |
909 | 4450 { |
4451 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4452 { | |
4453 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
4454 --compl_pending; | |
4455 } | |
4456 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4457 { | |
4458 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4459 ++compl_pending; | |
4460 } | |
4461 else | |
4462 break; | |
4463 } | |
657 | 4464 found_end = FALSE; |
4465 } | |
4466 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
4467 && compl_leader != NULL | |
681 | 4468 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4469 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
657 | 4470 ++todo; |
4471 else | |
4472 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
4473 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
4474 | |
4475 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
4476 if (found_end) | |
4477 { | |
4478 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
610 | 4479 { |
657 | 4480 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
4481 break; | |
610 | 4482 } |
657 | 4483 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
610 | 4484 } |
7 | 4485 } |
4486 | |
665 | 4487 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
4488 if (insert_match) | |
4489 { | |
4490 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
4491 ins_compl_insert(); | |
4492 else | |
1782 | 4493 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 4494 } |
4495 else | |
4496 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
7 | 4497 |
4498 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
4499 { | |
540 | 4500 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
4501 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
4502 | |
665 | 4503 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
4504 update_screen(0); | |
4505 | |
540 | 4506 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
4507 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
864 | 4508 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4509 if (gui.in_use) | |
4510 { | |
4511 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
4512 setcursor(); | |
4513 out_flush(); | |
4514 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
4515 } | |
4516 #endif | |
540 | 4517 |
7 | 4518 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
4519 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
4520 ins_compl_delete(); | |
4521 } | |
4522 | |
825 | 4523 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
1219 | 4524 * menu is visible. */ |
825 | 4525 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
4526 | |
7 | 4527 /* |
4528 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
4529 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
4530 */ | |
464 | 4531 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
7 | 4532 { |
4533 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
464 | 4534 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
7 | 4535 if (i <= 0) |
4536 i = 0; | |
4537 else | |
4538 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
464 | 4539 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
7 | 4540 msg(IObuff); |
4541 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
4542 } | |
4543 | |
4544 return num_matches; | |
4545 } | |
4546 | |
4547 /* | |
4548 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
4549 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
716 | 4550 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
7 | 4551 * possible. -- webb |
464 | 4552 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
7 | 4553 */ |
4554 void | |
464 | 4555 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
4556 int frequency; | |
7 | 4557 { |
4558 static int count = 0; | |
4559 | |
4560 int c; | |
4561 | |
4562 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
4563 * scripts */ | |
4564 if (using_script()) | |
4565 return; | |
4566 | |
4567 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
464 | 4568 if (++count < frequency) |
7 | 4569 return; |
4570 count = 0; | |
4571 | |
909 | 4572 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
4573 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
7 | 4574 c = vpeekc_any(); |
4575 if (c != NUL) | |
4576 { | |
4577 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
4578 { | |
4579 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
610 | 4580 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
665 | 4581 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
4582 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
7 | 4583 } |
909 | 4584 else |
4585 { | |
4586 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
1526 | 4587 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
909 | 4588 c = safe_vgetc(); |
1526 | 4589 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
4590 { | |
4591 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
4592 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
4593 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
4594 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
4595 | |
4596 vungetc(c); | |
4597 } | |
909 | 4598 } |
449 | 4599 } |
716 | 4600 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
909 | 4601 { |
4602 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
4603 | |
4604 compl_pending = 0; | |
4605 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
4606 } | |
610 | 4607 } |
4608 | |
4609 /* | |
4610 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
4611 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
4612 */ | |
4613 static int | |
4614 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
4615 int c; | |
4616 { | |
665 | 4617 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
4618 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
4619 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
610 | 4620 return BACKWARD; |
4621 return FORWARD; | |
4622 } | |
4623 | |
4624 /* | |
644 | 4625 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
4626 * is visible. | |
4627 */ | |
4628 static int | |
4629 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
4630 int c; | |
4631 { | |
4632 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
665 | 4633 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
4634 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
644 | 4635 } |
4636 | |
4637 /* | |
610 | 4638 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
4639 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
4640 */ | |
4641 static int | |
4642 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
4643 int c; | |
4644 { | |
4645 int h; | |
4646 | |
665 | 4647 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
610 | 4648 { |
4649 h = pum_get_height(); | |
4650 if (h > 3) | |
4651 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
4652 return h; | |
4653 } | |
4654 return 1; | |
7 | 4655 } |
4656 | |
4657 /* | |
681 | 4658 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
4659 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
4660 */ | |
4661 static int | |
4662 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
4663 int c; | |
4664 { | |
4665 switch (c) | |
4666 { | |
4667 case K_UP: | |
4668 case K_DOWN: | |
4669 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
4670 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
4671 case K_S_DOWN: | |
4672 case K_PAGEUP: | |
4673 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
4674 case K_S_UP: | |
4675 return FALSE; | |
4676 } | |
4677 return TRUE; | |
4678 } | |
4679 | |
4680 /* | |
7 | 4681 * Do Insert mode completion. |
4682 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
4683 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
4684 */ | |
4685 static int | |
4686 ins_complete(c) | |
449 | 4687 int c; |
7 | 4688 { |
449 | 4689 char_u *line; |
4690 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
4691 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
4692 int n; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4693 int save_w_wrow; |
7 | 4694 |
610 | 4695 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
449 | 4696 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4697 { |
4698 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
4699 | |
4700 did_ai = FALSE; | |
4701 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4702 did_si = FALSE; | |
4703 can_si = FALSE; | |
4704 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
4705 #endif | |
4706 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
4707 return FAIL; | |
4708 | |
4709 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
449 | 4710 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
716 | 4711 compl_pending = 0; |
7 | 4712 |
1430 | 4713 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
449 | 4714 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
4715 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
1430 | 4716 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
4717 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
4718 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
4719 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
665 | 4720 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
4721 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
7 | 4722 { |
4723 /* | |
4724 * it is a continued search | |
4725 */ | |
449 | 4726 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
7 | 4727 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
4728 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
4729 { | |
449 | 4730 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
7 | 4731 { |
449 | 4732 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
4733 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
4734 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
4735 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
4736 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
4737 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
4738 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4739 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
7 | 4740 } |
4741 else | |
4742 { | |
4743 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
4744 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
449 | 4745 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
4746 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
7 | 4747 { |
449 | 4748 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
4749 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
4750 line + compl_length | |
4751 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
7 | 4752 } |
449 | 4753 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
7 | 4754 } |
449 | 4755 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
502 | 4756 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
1796 | 4757 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
7 | 4758 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
449 | 4759 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
7 | 4760 { |
449 | 4761 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
4762 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
4763 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
7 | 4764 } |
449 | 4765 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
4766 if (compl_length < 1) | |
4767 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 4768 } |
4769 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4770 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
7 | 4771 else |
449 | 4772 compl_cont_status = 0; |
7 | 4773 } |
4774 else | |
449 | 4775 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
4776 | |
4777 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
4778 { | |
4779 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
7 | 4780 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
449 | 4781 compl_cont_status = 0; |
4782 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
4783 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4784 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
4785 compl_col = 0; | |
7 | 4786 } |
4787 | |
4788 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
4789 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
4790 { | |
449 | 4791 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
7 | 4792 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
4793 { | |
449 | 4794 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
7 | 4795 { |
449 | 4796 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4797 ; |
449 | 4798 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4799 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
7 | 4800 } |
4801 if (p_ic) | |
449 | 4802 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
4803 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4804 else |
449 | 4805 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
4806 compl_length); | |
4807 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4808 return FAIL; |
4809 } | |
449 | 4810 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4811 { |
4812 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
4813 | |
1872 | 4814 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
449 | 4815 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4816 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4817 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4818 return FAIL; |
449 | 4819 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
4820 || (compl_col > 0 | |
7 | 4821 && ( |
4822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
449 | 4823 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
7 | 4824 #else |
449 | 4825 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
7 | 4826 #endif |
4827 ))) | |
4828 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
449 | 4829 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
4830 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
4831 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
7 | 4832 } |
449 | 4833 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
7 | 4834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
449 | 4835 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
7 | 4836 #else |
449 | 4837 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
7 | 4838 #endif |
4839 ) | |
4840 { | |
4841 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
449 | 4842 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
4843 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4844 return FAIL; |
449 | 4845 compl_col += curs_col; |
4846 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4847 } |
4848 else | |
4849 { | |
4850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4851 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
4852 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
4853 if (has_mbyte) | |
4854 { | |
4855 int base_class; | |
4856 int head_off; | |
4857 | |
449 | 4858 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4859 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
4860 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
7 | 4861 { |
449 | 4862 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4863 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
4864 - head_off)) | |
7 | 4865 break; |
449 | 4866 startcol -= head_off; |
7 | 4867 } |
4868 } | |
4869 else | |
4870 #endif | |
449 | 4871 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4872 ; |
449 | 4873 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4874 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4875 if (compl_length == 1) | |
7 | 4876 { |
4877 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
4878 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
4879 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
4880 */ | |
449 | 4881 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
4882 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4883 return FAIL; |
449 | 4884 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4885 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
4886 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
7 | 4887 } |
4888 else | |
4889 { | |
449 | 4890 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4891 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4892 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4893 return FAIL; |
449 | 4894 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4895 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
4896 compl_length); | |
7 | 4897 } |
4898 } | |
4899 } | |
4900 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4901 { | |
835 | 4902 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
449 | 4903 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
4904 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
4905 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4906 if (p_ic) |
449 | 4907 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
4908 NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4909 else |
449 | 4910 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
4911 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4912 return FAIL; |
4913 } | |
4914 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
4915 { | |
449 | 4916 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4917 ; |
449 | 4918 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4919 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4920 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
4921 EXPAND_FILES); | |
4922 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4923 return FAIL; |
4924 } | |
4925 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
4926 { | |
449 | 4927 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
4928 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4929 return FAIL; |
449 | 4930 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4931 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
4932 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
4933 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
935 | 4934 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
4935 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
897 | 4936 compl_col = curs_col; |
4937 else | |
935 | 4938 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
4939 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
7 | 4940 } |
523 | 4941 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
502 | 4942 { |
12 | 4943 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4944 /* | |
502 | 4945 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
4946 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
12 | 4947 */ |
502 | 4948 char_u *args[2]; |
452 | 4949 int col; |
502 | 4950 char_u *funcname; |
4951 pos_T pos; | |
4952 | |
523 | 4953 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
502 | 4954 * string */ |
4955 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
4956 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
4957 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
523 | 4958 { |
4959 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
4960 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
12 | 4961 return FAIL; |
523 | 4962 } |
452 | 4963 |
4964 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
502 | 4965 args[1] = NULL; |
4966 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4967 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
4968 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
4969 | |
452 | 4970 if (col < 0) |
523 | 4971 col = curs_col; |
452 | 4972 compl_col = col; |
1872 | 4973 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
452 | 4974 compl_col = curs_col; |
449 | 4975 |
4976 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
4977 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
4978 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
452 | 4979 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
449 | 4980 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
4981 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
502 | 4982 #endif |
449 | 4983 return FAIL; |
4984 } | |
477 | 4985 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
4986 { | |
744 | 4987 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
497 | 4988 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
4989 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
4990 else | |
4991 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
4992 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
897 | 4993 { |
4994 compl_length = 0; | |
4995 compl_col = curs_col; | |
4996 } | |
4997 else | |
4998 { | |
4999 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
5000 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
5001 } | |
818 | 5002 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
5003 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
477 | 5004 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5005 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
5006 #endif | |
5007 return FAIL; | |
5008 } | |
449 | 5009 else |
5010 { | |
5011 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
5012 return FAIL; | |
5013 } | |
5014 | |
5015 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5016 { |
5017 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
5018 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5019 { | |
5020 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
5021 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5022 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
5023 | |
5024 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
5025 #endif | |
449 | 5026 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
5027 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
7 | 5028 ins_eol('\r'); |
5029 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5030 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
5031 #endif | |
449 | 5032 compl_length = 0; |
5033 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7 | 5034 } |
5035 } | |
5036 else | |
5037 { | |
5038 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
449 | 5039 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
5040 } | |
5041 | |
5042 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
5043 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
7 | 5044 else |
5045 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
5046 | |
694 | 5047 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
5048 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
449 | 5049 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5050 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 5051 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
449 | 5052 { |
5053 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
5054 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
5055 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
5056 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
7 | 5057 return FAIL; |
5058 } | |
5059 | |
5060 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
5061 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
5062 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
5063 */ | |
5064 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
5065 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5066 showmode(); | |
5067 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
5068 out_flush(); | |
5069 } | |
5070 | |
449 | 5071 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
5072 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
7 | 5073 |
5074 /* | |
665 | 5075 * Find next match (and following matches). |
7 | 5076 */ |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5077 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
681 | 5078 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
449 | 5079 |
540 | 5080 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
5081 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
5082 | |
449 | 5083 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
5084 compl_matches = n; | |
5085 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
5086 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
857 | 5087 |
5088 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
5089 * mode. */ | |
7 | 5090 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
5091 { | |
5092 (void)vgetc(); | |
5093 got_int = FALSE; | |
5094 } | |
5095 | |
449 | 5096 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
464 | 5097 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
449 | 5098 { |
5099 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
5100 && compl_length > 1 | |
7 | 5101 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
5102 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
5103 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
5104 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
5105 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
5106 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 5107 if ( compl_length > 1 |
5108 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5109 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
5110 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
5111 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
449 | 5112 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
5113 } | |
5114 | |
464 | 5115 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
449 | 5116 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5117 else |
449 | 5118 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5119 |
5120 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
5121 { | |
464 | 5122 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
7 | 5123 { |
5124 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
5125 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
5126 } | |
449 | 5127 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
7 | 5128 { |
5129 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
5130 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5131 } | |
464 | 5132 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
7 | 5133 { |
5134 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
5135 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5136 } | |
5137 else | |
5138 { | |
5139 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
464 | 5140 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
7 | 5141 { |
464 | 5142 int number = 0; |
5143 compl_T *match; | |
7 | 5144 |
449 | 5145 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
7 | 5146 { |
5147 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
5148 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
5149 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5150 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
5151 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5152 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5153 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5154 { |
464 | 5155 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5156 break; |
5157 } | |
5158 if (match != NULL) | |
5159 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
5160 * yet */ | |
540 | 5161 for (match = match->cp_next; |
5162 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
464 | 5163 match = match->cp_next) |
5164 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5165 } |
5166 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
5167 { | |
5168 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
5169 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
5170 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5171 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
5172 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5173 match = match->cp_next) | |
5174 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5175 { |
464 | 5176 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5177 break; |
5178 } | |
5179 if (match != NULL) | |
5180 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
5181 * assigned yet */ | |
464 | 5182 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
5183 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
5184 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5185 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5186 } |
5187 } | |
5188 | |
540 | 5189 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
5190 * just a safety check. */ | |
464 | 5191 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
7 | 5192 { |
1063 | 5193 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
5194 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
5195 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
7 | 5196 |
449 | 5197 if (compl_matches > 0) |
1063 | 5198 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5199 _("match %d of %d"), | |
464 | 5200 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
7 | 5201 else |
1063 | 5202 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5203 _("match %d"), | |
5204 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
7 | 5205 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
5206 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
5207 if (dollar_vcol) | |
5208 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
5209 } | |
5210 } | |
5211 } | |
5212 | |
5213 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
5214 showmode(); | |
5215 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
5216 { | |
5217 if (!p_smd) | |
5218 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
5219 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
5220 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
5221 } | |
5222 else | |
5223 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
5224 | |
857 | 5225 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
5226 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
5227 { | |
5228 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
5229 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
5230 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5231 |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5232 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5233 setcursor(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5234 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5235 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5236 |
857 | 5237 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
5238 setcursor(); | |
5239 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
5240 } | |
874 | 5241 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
857 | 5242 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
540 | 5243 |
7 | 5244 return OK; |
5245 } | |
5246 | |
5247 /* | |
5248 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
5249 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
5250 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
5251 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
5252 */ | |
1872 | 5253 static unsigned |
7 | 5254 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
5255 char_u *dest; | |
5256 char_u *src; | |
5257 int len; | |
5258 { | |
1872 | 5259 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
5260 | |
5261 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
7 | 5262 { |
5263 switch (*src) | |
5264 { | |
5265 case '.': | |
5266 case '*': | |
5267 case '[': | |
5268 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5269 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5270 break; | |
5271 case '~': | |
5272 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
5273 break; | |
5274 case '\\': | |
5275 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5276 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5277 break; | |
5278 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
5279 case '$': | |
5280 m++; | |
5281 if (dest != NULL) | |
5282 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
5283 break; | |
5284 } | |
5285 if (dest != NULL) | |
5286 *dest++ = *src; | |
464 | 5287 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5288 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
5289 if (has_mbyte) | |
5290 { | |
5291 int i, mb_len; | |
5292 | |
474 | 5293 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
7 | 5294 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
5295 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
5296 { | |
5297 --len; | |
5298 ++src; | |
5299 if (dest != NULL) | |
5300 *dest++ = *src; | |
5301 } | |
5302 } | |
464 | 5303 # endif |
7 | 5304 } |
5305 if (dest != NULL) | |
5306 *dest = NUL; | |
5307 | |
5308 return m; | |
5309 } | |
5310 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
5311 | |
5312 /* | |
5313 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
5314 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
5315 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
5316 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
5317 */ | |
5318 int | |
5319 get_literal() | |
5320 { | |
5321 int cc; | |
5322 int nc; | |
5323 int i; | |
5324 int hex = FALSE; | |
5325 int octal = FALSE; | |
5326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5327 int unicode = 0; | |
5328 #endif | |
5329 | |
5330 if (got_int) | |
5331 return Ctrl_C; | |
5332 | |
5333 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5334 /* | |
5335 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
5336 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
5337 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
5338 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
5339 */ | |
5340 if (gui.in_use) | |
5341 ++allow_keys; | |
5342 #endif | |
5343 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5344 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
5345 #endif | |
5346 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
5347 cc = 0; | |
5348 i = 0; | |
5349 for (;;) | |
5350 { | |
1389 | 5351 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 5352 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
5353 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
5354 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5355 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
5356 # endif | |
5357 ) | |
5358 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
5359 #endif | |
5360 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
5361 hex = TRUE; | |
5362 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
5363 octal = TRUE; | |
5364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5365 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
5366 unicode = nc; | |
5367 #endif | |
5368 else | |
5369 { | |
5370 if (hex | |
5371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5372 || unicode != 0 | |
5373 #endif | |
5374 ) | |
5375 { | |
5376 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
5377 break; | |
5378 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
5379 } | |
5380 else if (octal) | |
5381 { | |
5382 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
5383 break; | |
5384 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
5385 } | |
5386 else | |
5387 { | |
5388 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
5389 break; | |
5390 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
5391 } | |
5392 | |
5393 ++i; | |
5394 } | |
5395 | |
5396 if (cc > 255 | |
5397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5398 && unicode == 0 | |
5399 #endif | |
5400 ) | |
5401 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
5402 nc = 0; | |
5403 | |
5404 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
5405 { | |
5406 if (i >= 2) | |
5407 break; | |
5408 } | |
5409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5410 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
5411 { | |
5412 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
5413 break; | |
5414 } | |
5415 #endif | |
5416 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
5417 break; | |
5418 } | |
5419 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
5420 { | |
5421 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5422 { | |
5423 cc = '\n'; | |
5424 nc = 0; | |
5425 } | |
5426 else | |
5427 { | |
5428 cc = nc; | |
5429 nc = 0; | |
5430 } | |
5431 } | |
5432 | |
5433 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5434 cc = '\n'; | |
221 | 5435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5436 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
5437 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
5438 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
5439 #endif | |
7 | 5440 |
5441 --no_mapping; | |
5442 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5443 if (gui.in_use) | |
5444 --allow_keys; | |
5445 #endif | |
5446 if (nc) | |
5447 vungetc(nc); | |
5448 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
5449 return cc; | |
5450 } | |
5451 | |
5452 /* | |
5453 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
5454 */ | |
5455 static void | |
5456 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
5457 int c; | |
5458 int allow_modmask; | |
5459 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
5460 { | |
5461 char_u *p; | |
5462 int len; | |
5463 | |
5464 /* | |
5465 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
5466 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
5467 * mode. | |
5468 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
5469 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
5470 */ | |
5471 #ifdef MACOS | |
5472 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
5473 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
5474 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
5475 #endif | |
5476 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
5477 { | |
5478 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
5479 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
5480 c = p[len - 1]; | |
5481 if (len > 2) | |
5482 { | |
5483 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
5484 return; | |
5485 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
5486 ins_str(p); | |
620 | 5487 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
7 | 5488 ctrlv = FALSE; |
5489 } | |
5490 } | |
5491 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
5492 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
5493 } | |
5494 | |
5495 /* | |
5496 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
5497 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
5498 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
5499 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
5500 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
5501 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
5502 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
5503 */ | |
5504 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5505 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5506 #else | |
5507 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5508 #endif | |
5509 | |
5510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5511 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
5512 #else | |
5513 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
5514 #endif | |
5515 | |
5516 void | |
5517 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
5518 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
5519 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
5520 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
5521 { | |
5522 int textwidth; | |
5523 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5524 char_u *p; | |
667 | 5525 #endif |
7 | 5526 int fo_ins_blank; |
5527 | |
5528 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
5529 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5530 | |
5531 /* | |
5532 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
5533 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
5534 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
5535 * ends in white space. | |
5536 * - Otherwise: | |
5537 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
5538 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
5539 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
5540 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
5541 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
5542 * before the insert. | |
5543 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
5544 * before 'textwidth' | |
5545 */ | |
667 | 5546 if (textwidth > 0 |
7 | 5547 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
5548 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
5549 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5550 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5551 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5552 #endif | |
5553 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
5554 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5555 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
5556 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5557 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
5558 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
5559 )))))) | |
5560 { | |
667 | 5561 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
5562 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
5563 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1000 | 5564 int do_internal = TRUE; |
5565 | |
1563 | 5566 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
1000 | 5567 { |
5568 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
5569 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
5570 * was called. */ | |
5571 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
5572 } | |
5573 if (do_internal) | |
667 | 5574 #endif |
2004 | 5575 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
667 | 5576 } |
5577 | |
7 | 5578 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
5579 return; | |
5580 | |
5581 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5582 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
5583 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
5584 { | |
5585 char_u *line; | |
5586 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
5587 int middle_len, end_len; | |
5588 int i; | |
5589 | |
5590 /* | |
5591 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
5592 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
5593 */ | |
5594 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
5595 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
5596 { | |
5597 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
5598 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
5599 ++p; | |
5600 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5601 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
5602 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
5603 --middle_len; | |
5604 | |
5605 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
5606 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
5607 ++p; | |
5608 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5609 | |
5610 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
5611 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5612 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
5613 ; | |
5614 i++; | |
5615 | |
5616 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
5617 i -= middle_len; | |
5618 | |
5619 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
5620 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
5621 { | |
5622 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
5623 backspace_until_column(i); | |
5624 | |
5625 /* | |
5626 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
5627 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
5628 */ | |
5629 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
5630 } | |
5631 } | |
5632 } | |
5633 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
5634 #endif | |
5635 | |
5636 did_ai = FALSE; | |
5637 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
5638 did_si = FALSE; | |
5639 can_si = FALSE; | |
5640 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
5641 #endif | |
5642 | |
5643 /* | |
5644 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
5645 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
5646 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
5647 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
5648 * 'paste' is set).. | |
5649 */ | |
5650 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5651 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
5652 #endif | |
5653 | |
5654 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5656 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
5657 #endif | |
5658 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
5659 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5660 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5661 && !cindent_on() | |
5662 #endif | |
5663 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5664 && !p_ri | |
5665 #endif | |
5666 ) | |
5667 { | |
5668 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
5669 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
5670 int i; | |
5671 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
5672 | |
5673 buf[0] = c; | |
5674 i = 1; | |
667 | 5675 if (textwidth > 0) |
7 | 5676 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
5677 /* | |
5678 * Stop the string when: | |
5679 * - no more chars available | |
5680 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
5681 * - buffer is full | |
5682 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
5683 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
5684 */ | |
5685 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
5686 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5688 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
5689 #endif | |
5690 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
5691 && (textwidth == 0 | |
5692 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5693 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
5694 { | |
5695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5696 c = vgetc(); | |
5697 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5698 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
5699 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
5700 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5701 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
5702 # endif | |
5703 buf[i++] = c; | |
5704 #else | |
5705 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
5706 #endif | |
5707 } | |
5708 | |
5709 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
5710 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
5711 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
5712 #endif | |
5713 buf[i] = NUL; | |
5714 ins_str(buf); | |
5715 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5716 { | |
5717 redo_literal(*buf); | |
5718 i = 1; | |
5719 } | |
5720 else | |
5721 i = 0; | |
5722 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
620 | 5723 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
7 | 5724 } |
5725 else | |
5726 { | |
5727 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
667 | 5728 int cc; |
5729 | |
7 | 5730 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
5731 { | |
5732 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
5733 | |
5734 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
5735 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
5736 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
5737 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5738 } | |
5739 else | |
5740 #endif | |
5741 { | |
5742 ins_char(c); | |
5743 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5744 redo_literal(c); | |
5745 else | |
5746 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5747 } | |
5748 } | |
5749 } | |
5750 | |
5751 /* | |
667 | 5752 * Format text at the current insert position. |
5753 */ | |
5754 static void | |
2004 | 5755 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
667 | 5756 int textwidth; |
5757 int second_indent; | |
5758 int flags; | |
5759 int format_only; | |
2004 | 5760 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
667 | 5761 { |
5762 int cc; | |
5763 int save_char = NUL; | |
5764 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
5765 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5767 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
5768 #endif | |
5769 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
5770 int first_line = TRUE; | |
5771 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5772 colnr_T leader_len; | |
5773 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
5774 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
5775 #endif | |
5776 | |
5777 /* | |
5778 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
5779 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
5780 */ | |
2004 | 5781 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
5782 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5783 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5784 #endif | |
5785 ) | |
667 | 5786 { |
5787 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5788 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
5789 { | |
5790 save_char = cc; | |
5791 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
5792 } | |
5793 } | |
5794 | |
5795 /* | |
5796 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
5797 */ | |
5798 while (!got_int) | |
5799 { | |
5800 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
5801 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
5802 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
5803 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
5804 colnr_T len; | |
5805 colnr_T virtcol; | |
5806 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5807 int orig_col = 0; | |
5808 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
5809 #endif | |
5810 colnr_T col; | |
2004 | 5811 colnr_T end_col; |
5812 | |
5813 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
5814 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
5815 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
667 | 5816 break; |
5817 | |
5818 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5819 if (no_leader) | |
5820 do_comments = FALSE; | |
5821 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5822 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
5823 do_comments = TRUE; | |
5824 | |
5825 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5826 if (do_comments) | |
5827 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
5828 else | |
5829 leader_len = 0; | |
5830 | |
5831 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
5832 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
5833 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
5834 * to start with %. */ | |
5835 if (leader_len == 0) | |
5836 no_leader = TRUE; | |
5837 #endif | |
5838 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5839 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5840 && leader_len == 0 | |
5841 #endif | |
5842 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
5843 | |
5844 break; | |
5845 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
5846 break; | |
5847 | |
5848 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
5849 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
5850 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5851 | |
2004 | 5852 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
667 | 5853 foundcol = 0; |
5854 | |
5855 /* | |
5856 * Find position to break at. | |
5857 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
5858 */ | |
5859 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
5860 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5861 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
5862 { | |
2004 | 5863 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
5864 cc = c; | |
5865 else | |
5866 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
667 | 5867 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
5868 { | |
5869 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
2004 | 5870 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
667 | 5871 |
5872 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
5873 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5874 { | |
5875 dec_cursor(); | |
5876 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5877 } | |
5878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5879 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
5880 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5881 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5882 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5883 break; | |
5884 #endif | |
5885 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
5886 { | |
5887 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
5888 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5889 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
2004 | 5890 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
5891 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
5892 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
5893 break; | |
5894 #endif | |
667 | 5895 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
5896 dec_cursor(); | |
5897 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5898 | |
5899 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5900 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
5901 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5902 } | |
2004 | 5903 |
5904 inc_cursor(); | |
5905 | |
5906 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
5907 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5908 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
667 | 5909 break; |
5910 } | |
5911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2004 | 5912 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
667 | 5913 { |
5914 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
2004 | 5915 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
5916 { | |
5917 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5918 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5919 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5920 break; | |
5921 #endif | |
5922 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5923 inc_cursor(); | |
5924 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
5925 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
5926 { | |
5927 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5928 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
5929 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
5930 break; | |
5931 } | |
5932 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5933 } | |
5934 | |
5935 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5936 break; | |
5937 | |
5938 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5939 | |
5940 dec_cursor(); | |
5941 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5942 | |
5943 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5944 continue; /* break with space */ | |
5945 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5946 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5947 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5948 break; | |
5949 #endif | |
5950 | |
5951 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5952 | |
667 | 5953 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
5954 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
2004 | 5955 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
5956 break; | |
667 | 5957 } |
5958 #endif | |
5959 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5960 break; | |
5961 dec_cursor(); | |
5962 } | |
5963 | |
5964 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
5965 { | |
5966 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
5967 break; | |
5968 } | |
5969 | |
5970 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
5971 undisplay_dollar(); | |
5972 | |
5973 /* | |
5974 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
5975 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
5976 * over the text instead. | |
5977 */ | |
5978 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5979 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5980 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
5981 else | |
5982 #endif | |
2004 | 5983 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
667 | 5984 |
5985 /* | |
5986 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
5987 * characters that will remain on top line | |
5988 */ | |
5989 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
2004 | 5990 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
5991 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
667 | 5992 inc_cursor(); |
5993 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5994 if (startcol < 0) | |
5995 startcol = 0; | |
5996 | |
5997 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5998 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5999 { | |
6000 /* | |
6001 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
6002 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
6003 */ | |
6004 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
6005 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
6006 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
6007 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
6008 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
6009 | |
6010 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
6011 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6012 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
6013 } | |
6014 else | |
6015 #endif | |
6016 { | |
6017 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
6018 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6019 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
6020 } | |
6021 | |
6022 /* | |
6023 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
6024 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
6025 */ | |
6026 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
6027 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
6028 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6029 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
6030 #endif | |
6031 , old_indent); | |
6032 old_indent = 0; | |
6033 | |
6034 replace_offset = 0; | |
6035 if (first_line) | |
6036 { | |
6037 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
6038 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
6039 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
6040 { | |
6041 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6042 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 6043 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
667 | 6044 else |
6045 #endif | |
6046 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
6047 } | |
6048 first_line = FALSE; | |
6049 } | |
6050 | |
6051 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6052 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6053 { | |
6054 /* | |
6055 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
6056 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
6057 */ | |
6058 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
6059 vim_free(saved_text); | |
6060 } | |
6061 else | |
6062 #endif | |
6063 { | |
6064 /* | |
6065 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
6066 * may have added or removed indent. | |
6067 */ | |
6068 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
6069 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
6070 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
6071 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
6072 } | |
6073 | |
6074 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
6075 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
6076 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
6077 #endif | |
6078 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
6079 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6080 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6081 did_si = FALSE; | |
6082 can_si = FALSE; | |
6083 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6084 #endif | |
6085 line_breakcheck(); | |
6086 } | |
6087 | |
6088 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
6089 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
6090 | |
6091 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
6092 { | |
6093 update_topline(); | |
6094 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
6095 } | |
6096 } | |
6097 | |
6098 /* | |
7 | 6099 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
6100 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
6101 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
6102 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
6103 * saved here. | |
6104 */ | |
6105 void | |
6106 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
6107 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
6108 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
6109 { | |
6110 pos_T pos; | |
6111 colnr_T len; | |
6112 char_u *old; | |
6113 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
6114 int wasatend; | |
301 | 6115 int cc; |
7 | 6116 |
6117 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
6118 return; | |
6119 | |
6120 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6121 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
6122 | |
6123 /* may remove added space */ | |
6124 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6125 | |
6126 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
6127 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
6128 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
6129 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
6130 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
1872 | 6131 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
7 | 6132 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
6133 { | |
6134 dec_cursor(); | |
301 | 6135 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6136 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
6137 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
7 | 6138 dec_cursor(); |
301 | 6139 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6140 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6141 { |
6142 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6143 return; | |
6144 } | |
6145 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6146 } | |
6147 | |
6148 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6149 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
6150 * comments. */ | |
6151 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
6152 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
6153 return; | |
6154 #endif | |
6155 | |
6156 /* | |
6157 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
6158 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
6159 * the start of a paragraph. | |
6160 */ | |
6161 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6162 { | |
6163 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6164 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
6165 return; | |
6166 } | |
6167 | |
6168 /* | |
6169 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
6170 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
6171 */ | |
6172 saved_cursor = pos; | |
1563 | 6173 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
7 | 6174 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
6175 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
6176 | |
6177 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6178 { | |
6179 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
6180 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6181 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
6182 } | |
6183 else | |
6184 check_cursor_col(); | |
6185 | |
6186 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
6187 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
6188 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
6189 * formatted. */ | |
6190 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
6191 { | |
6192 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6193 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
7 | 6194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
6195 { | |
6196 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
6197 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
6198 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
6199 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
6200 /* remove the space later */ | |
6201 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
6202 } | |
6203 else | |
6204 /* may remove added space */ | |
6205 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6206 } | |
6207 | |
6208 check_cursor(); | |
6209 } | |
6210 | |
6211 /* | |
6212 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
6213 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
6214 * position. | |
6215 */ | |
6216 static void | |
6217 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
6218 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
6219 { | |
6220 int c = ' '; | |
301 | 6221 int cc; |
7 | 6222 |
6223 if (did_add_space) | |
6224 { | |
301 | 6225 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6226 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6227 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
6228 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6229 else | |
6230 { | |
6231 if (!end_insert) | |
6232 { | |
6233 inc_cursor(); | |
6234 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
6235 dec_cursor(); | |
6236 } | |
6237 if (c != NUL) | |
6238 { | |
6239 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
6240 del_char(FALSE); | |
6241 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6242 } | |
6243 } | |
6244 } | |
6245 } | |
6246 | |
6247 /* | |
6248 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
6249 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
6250 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
6251 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
6252 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
6253 */ | |
6254 int | |
6255 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
867 | 6256 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
7 | 6257 { |
6258 int textwidth; | |
6259 | |
6260 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
6261 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
6262 { | |
6263 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
6264 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
6265 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
6266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
6267 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
6268 textwidth -= 1; | |
6269 #endif | |
6270 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6271 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
6272 #endif | |
6273 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
6274 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
6275 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
6276 || usingNetbeans | |
6277 # endif | |
6278 ) | |
6279 textwidth -= 1; | |
6280 #endif | |
6281 if (curwin->w_p_nu) | |
6282 textwidth -= 8; | |
6283 } | |
6284 if (textwidth < 0) | |
6285 textwidth = 0; | |
6286 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
6287 { | |
6288 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
6289 if (textwidth > 79) | |
6290 textwidth = 79; | |
6291 } | |
6292 return textwidth; | |
6293 } | |
6294 | |
6295 /* | |
6296 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
6297 */ | |
6298 static void | |
6299 redo_literal(c) | |
6300 int c; | |
6301 { | |
6302 char_u buf[10]; | |
6303 | |
6304 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
6305 * three digits. */ | |
6306 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
6307 { | |
1872 | 6308 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
7 | 6309 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
6310 } | |
6311 else | |
6312 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6313 } | |
6314 | |
6315 /* | |
6316 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
484 | 6317 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
7 | 6318 */ |
6319 static void | |
6320 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
840 | 6321 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
7 | 6322 { |
6323 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
6324 { | |
6325 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
6326 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
6327 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
6328 } | |
744 | 6329 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6330 check_spell_redraw(); |
6331 #endif | |
7 | 6332 } |
6333 | |
744 | 6334 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6335 /* |
6336 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
6337 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
6338 */ | |
6339 static void | |
6340 check_spell_redraw() | |
6341 { | |
6342 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
6343 { | |
6344 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
6345 | |
6346 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
6347 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
6348 } | |
6349 } | |
484 | 6350 |
6351 /* | |
6352 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
6353 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
6354 */ | |
6355 static void | |
6356 spell_back_to_badword() | |
6357 { | |
6358 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6359 | |
499 | 6360 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
484 | 6361 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
6362 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
6363 } | |
221 | 6364 #endif |
6365 | |
7 | 6366 /* |
6367 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
6368 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
6369 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
6370 */ | |
6371 int | |
6372 stop_arrow() | |
6373 { | |
6374 if (arrow_used) | |
6375 { | |
6376 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6377 { | |
6378 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
6379 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6380 } | |
6381 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
1869 | 6382 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 6383 ai_col = 0; |
6384 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6385 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6386 { | |
6387 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6388 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
6389 } | |
6390 #endif | |
6391 ResetRedobuff(); | |
6392 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
613 | 6393 new_insert_skip = 2; |
7 | 6394 } |
6395 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
6396 { | |
6397 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6398 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6399 } | |
6400 | |
6401 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6402 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
6403 foldOpenCursor(); | |
6404 #endif | |
6405 | |
6406 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
6407 } | |
6408 | |
6409 /* | |
840 | 6410 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
6411 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
6412 * to another window/buffer. | |
7 | 6413 */ |
6414 static void | |
6415 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
840 | 6416 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
603 | 6417 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
7 | 6418 { |
603 | 6419 int cc; |
6420 char_u *ptr; | |
7 | 6421 |
6422 stop_redo_ins(); | |
6423 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
6424 | |
6425 /* | |
603 | 6426 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
6427 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
6428 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
7 | 6429 */ |
603 | 6430 ptr = get_inserted(); |
615 | 6431 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
6432 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
603 | 6433 { |
6434 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6435 last_insert = ptr; | |
6436 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
6437 } | |
6438 else | |
6439 vim_free(ptr); | |
7 | 6440 |
840 | 6441 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
7 | 6442 { |
6443 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
6444 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
6445 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
6446 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
10 | 6447 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
7 | 6448 { |
10 | 6449 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6450 | |
7 | 6451 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
6452 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
6453 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
6454 cc = 'x'; | |
6455 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
6456 { | |
6457 dec_cursor(); | |
6458 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6459 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
10 | 6460 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
7 | 6461 } |
6462 | |
6463 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
6464 | |
10 | 6465 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
6466 { | |
6467 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
6468 inc_cursor(); | |
6469 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6470 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
6471 * the "coladd". */ | |
6472 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
6473 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
6474 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
6475 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
6476 #endif | |
6477 } | |
7 | 6478 } |
6479 | |
6480 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
6481 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
6482 | |
6483 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
10 | 6484 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
1892 | 6485 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
6486 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
6487 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
10 | 6488 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
1892 | 6489 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
6490 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7 | 6491 { |
10 | 6492 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6493 | |
6494 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
1892 | 6495 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
786 | 6496 for (;;) |
6497 { | |
6498 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
6499 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6500 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6501 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6502 break; | |
1892 | 6503 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
6504 break; /* should not happen */ | |
786 | 6505 } |
10 | 6506 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
6507 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
6508 else if (cc != NUL) | |
7 | 6509 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
6510 | |
6511 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6512 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
6513 * deleted characters. */ | |
6514 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6515 { | |
1872 | 6516 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
6517 | |
6518 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
7 | 6519 { |
1872 | 6520 VIsual.col = len; |
7 | 6521 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
6522 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
6523 # endif | |
6524 } | |
6525 } | |
6526 #endif | |
6527 } | |
6528 } | |
6529 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6530 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6531 did_si = FALSE; | |
6532 can_si = FALSE; | |
6533 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6534 #endif | |
6535 | |
840 | 6536 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
6537 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
6538 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
6539 { | |
6540 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
6541 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
6542 } | |
7 | 6543 } |
6544 | |
6545 /* | |
6546 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
6547 * Used for the replace command. | |
6548 */ | |
6549 void | |
6550 set_last_insert(c) | |
6551 int c; | |
6552 { | |
6553 char_u *s; | |
6554 | |
6555 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6557 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
6558 #else | |
6559 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
6560 #endif | |
6561 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
6562 { | |
6563 s = last_insert; | |
6564 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
6565 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
6566 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
6567 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
6568 *s++ = ESC; | |
6569 *s++ = NUL; | |
6570 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
6571 } | |
6572 } | |
6573 | |
359 | 6574 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
6575 void | |
6576 free_last_insert() | |
6577 { | |
6578 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6579 last_insert = NULL; | |
1446 | 6580 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 | 6581 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
6582 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
1446 | 6583 # endif |
359 | 6584 } |
6585 #endif | |
6586 | |
7 | 6587 /* |
6588 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
6589 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
6590 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
6591 */ | |
6592 char_u * | |
6593 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
6594 int c; | |
6595 char_u *s; | |
6596 { | |
6597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6598 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
6599 int i; | |
6600 int len; | |
6601 | |
6602 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
6603 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
6604 { | |
6605 c = temp[i]; | |
6606 #endif | |
6607 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
6608 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
6609 { | |
6610 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
6611 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
6612 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
6613 } | |
6614 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6615 else if (c == CSI) | |
6616 { | |
6617 *s++ = CSI; | |
6618 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
6619 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
6620 } | |
6621 #endif | |
6622 else | |
6623 *s++ = c; | |
6624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6625 } | |
6626 #endif | |
6627 return s; | |
6628 } | |
6629 | |
6630 /* | |
6631 * move cursor to start of line | |
6632 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
6633 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
6634 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
6635 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
6636 */ | |
6637 void | |
6638 beginline(flags) | |
6639 int flags; | |
6640 { | |
6641 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
6642 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6643 else | |
6644 { | |
6645 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6646 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6647 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6648 #endif | |
6649 | |
6650 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
6651 { | |
6652 char_u *ptr; | |
6653 | |
6654 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
6655 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
6656 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6657 } | |
6658 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6659 } | |
6660 } | |
6661 | |
6662 /* | |
6663 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
6664 * | |
6665 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
773 | 6666 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
7 | 6667 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
6668 */ | |
6669 | |
6670 int | |
6671 oneright() | |
6672 { | |
6673 char_u *ptr; | |
6674 int l; | |
6675 | |
6676 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6677 if (virtual_active()) | |
6678 { | |
6679 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6680 | |
6681 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
6682 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6683 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
773 | 6684 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 6685 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
773 | 6686 # else |
7 | 6687 *ptr |
773 | 6688 # endif |
7 | 6689 )) |
6690 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
6691 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6692 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
6693 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
6694 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
6695 } | |
6696 #endif | |
6697 | |
6698 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
773 | 6699 if (*ptr == NUL) |
6700 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
6701 | |
7 | 6702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
773 | 6703 if (has_mbyte) |
6704 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
7 | 6705 else |
6706 #endif | |
773 | 6707 l = 1; |
6708 | |
6709 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
6710 * contains "onemore". */ | |
6711 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
6712 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6713 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
6714 #endif | |
6715 ) | |
6716 return FAIL; | |
6717 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
7 | 6718 |
6719 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6720 return OK; | |
6721 } | |
6722 | |
6723 int | |
6724 oneleft() | |
6725 { | |
6726 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6727 if (virtual_active()) | |
6728 { | |
6729 int width; | |
6730 int v = getviscol(); | |
6731 | |
6732 if (v == 0) | |
6733 return FAIL; | |
6734 | |
6735 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
6736 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
6737 width = 1; | |
6738 for (;;) | |
6739 { | |
6740 coladvance(v - width); | |
6741 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
6742 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
6743 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
6744 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6745 && !has_mbyte | |
6746 # endif | |
6747 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
6748 break; | |
6749 ++width; | |
6750 } | |
6751 # else | |
6752 coladvance(v - 1); | |
6753 # endif | |
6754 | |
6755 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
6756 { | |
6757 char_u *ptr; | |
6758 | |
6759 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
6760 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6761 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
6762 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6763 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
6764 # else | |
6765 *ptr | |
6766 # endif | |
6767 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
6768 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6769 } | |
6770 | |
6771 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6772 return OK; | |
6773 } | |
6774 #endif | |
6775 | |
6776 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6777 return FAIL; | |
6778 | |
6779 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6780 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6781 | |
6782 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6783 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
6784 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
6785 if (has_mbyte) | |
6786 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
6787 #endif | |
6788 return OK; | |
6789 } | |
6790 | |
6791 int | |
6792 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
6793 long n; | |
6794 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6795 { | |
6796 linenr_T lnum; | |
6797 | |
6798 if (n > 0) | |
6799 { | |
6800 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
161 | 6801 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
6802 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6803 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6804 return FAIL; |
6805 if (n >= lnum) | |
6806 lnum = 1; | |
6807 else | |
6808 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6809 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6810 { | |
6811 /* | |
6812 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
6813 */ | |
6814 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
6815 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6816 | |
6817 while (n--) | |
6818 { | |
6819 /* move up one line */ | |
6820 --lnum; | |
6821 if (lnum <= 1) | |
6822 break; | |
6823 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
6824 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
6825 * in a moment. */ | |
6826 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
6827 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6828 } | |
6829 if (lnum < 1) | |
6830 lnum = 1; | |
6831 } | |
6832 else | |
6833 #endif | |
6834 lnum -= n; | |
6835 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6836 } | |
6837 | |
6838 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6839 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6840 | |
6841 if (upd_topline) | |
6842 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6843 | |
6844 return OK; | |
6845 } | |
6846 | |
6847 /* | |
6848 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
6849 */ | |
6850 int | |
6851 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
6852 long n; | |
6853 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6854 { | |
6855 linenr_T lnum; | |
6856 | |
6857 if (n > 0) | |
6858 { | |
6859 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6860 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6861 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
6862 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
6863 #endif | |
161 | 6864 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
6865 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6866 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6867 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6868 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6869 return FAIL; |
6870 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6871 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6872 else | |
6873 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6874 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6875 { | |
6876 linenr_T last; | |
6877 | |
6878 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
6879 while (n--) | |
6880 { | |
6881 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
6882 lnum = last + 1; | |
6883 else | |
6884 ++lnum; | |
6885 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6886 break; | |
6887 } | |
6888 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6889 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6890 } | |
6891 else | |
6892 #endif | |
6893 lnum += n; | |
6894 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6895 } | |
6896 | |
6897 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6898 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6899 | |
6900 if (upd_topline) | |
6901 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6902 | |
6903 return OK; | |
6904 } | |
6905 | |
6906 /* | |
6907 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
6908 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
6909 * first have to remove the command. | |
6910 */ | |
6911 int | |
6912 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
6913 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
6914 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
6915 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
6916 { | |
6917 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
6918 char_u *ptr; | |
6919 char_u *last_ptr; | |
6920 char_u last = NUL; | |
6921 | |
6922 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
6923 if (ptr == NULL) | |
6924 { | |
6925 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
6926 return FAIL; | |
6927 } | |
6928 | |
6929 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
6930 if (c != NUL) | |
6931 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
6932 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
6933 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
6934 | |
6935 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
6936 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
6937 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
6938 */ | |
6939 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
6940 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
6941 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
6942 { | |
6943 last = *last_ptr; | |
6944 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
6945 } | |
6946 | |
6947 do | |
6948 { | |
6949 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
6950 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
6951 if (last) | |
6952 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
6953 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
6954 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
6955 } | |
6956 while (--count > 0); | |
6957 | |
6958 if (last) | |
6959 *last_ptr = last; | |
6960 | |
6961 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
6962 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
6963 | |
6964 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
6965 if (!no_esc) | |
6966 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
6967 | |
6968 return OK; | |
6969 } | |
6970 | |
6971 char_u * | |
6972 get_last_insert() | |
6973 { | |
6974 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
6975 return NULL; | |
6976 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
6977 } | |
6978 | |
6979 /* | |
6980 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
6981 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
6982 */ | |
6983 char_u * | |
6984 get_last_insert_save() | |
6985 { | |
6986 char_u *s; | |
6987 int len; | |
6988 | |
6989 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
6990 return NULL; | |
6991 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
6992 if (s != NULL) | |
6993 { | |
6994 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
6995 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
6996 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
6997 } | |
6998 return s; | |
6999 } | |
7000 | |
7001 /* | |
7002 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
7003 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
7004 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
7005 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
7006 */ | |
7007 static int | |
7008 echeck_abbr(c) | |
7009 int c; | |
7010 { | |
7011 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
7012 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
7013 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
7014 return FALSE; | |
7015 | |
7016 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
7017 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
7018 } | |
7019 | |
7020 /* | |
7021 * replace-stack functions | |
7022 * | |
7023 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
7024 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
7025 * | |
7026 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
7027 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
7028 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
7029 * | |
7030 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
7031 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
7032 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
7033 * | |
7034 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
7035 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
7036 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
7037 */ | |
7038 | |
298 | 7039 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
7040 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
7041 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
7 | 7042 |
7043 void | |
7044 replace_push(c) | |
7045 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
7046 { | |
7047 char_u *p; | |
7048 | |
7049 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
7050 return; | |
7051 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
7052 { | |
7053 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
7054 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
7055 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7056 { | |
7057 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
7058 return; | |
7059 } | |
7060 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
7061 { | |
7062 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
7063 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7064 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7065 } | |
7066 replace_stack = p; | |
7067 } | |
7068 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
7069 if (replace_offset) | |
7070 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7071 *p = c; | |
7072 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
7073 } | |
7074 | |
1470 | 7075 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
7076 /* | |
7077 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
7078 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
7079 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
7080 */ | |
7081 int | |
7082 replace_push_mb(p) | |
7083 char_u *p; | |
7084 { | |
7085 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
7086 int j; | |
7087 | |
7088 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
7089 replace_push(p[j]); | |
7090 return l; | |
7091 } | |
7092 #endif | |
7093 | |
840 | 7094 #if 0 |
7 | 7095 /* |
7096 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. | |
7097 */ | |
7098 static void | |
7099 replace_push_off(c) | |
7100 int c; | |
7101 { | |
7102 char_u *p; | |
7103 | |
7104 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; | |
7105 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; | |
7106 ++replace_offset) | |
7107 if (*--p == NUL) | |
7108 break; | |
7109 replace_push(c); | |
7110 replace_offset = 0; | |
7111 } | |
840 | 7112 #endif |
7 | 7113 |
7114 /* | |
7115 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
7116 * return -1 if stack empty | |
7117 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
7118 */ | |
7119 static int | |
7120 replace_pop() | |
7121 { | |
7122 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
7123 return -1; | |
7124 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
7125 } | |
7126 | |
7127 /* | |
7128 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
7129 * encountered. | |
7130 */ | |
7131 static void | |
7132 replace_join(off) | |
7133 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
7134 { | |
7135 int i; | |
7136 | |
7137 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
7138 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
7139 { | |
7140 --replace_stack_nr; | |
7141 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
7142 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
7143 return; | |
7144 } | |
7145 } | |
7146 | |
7147 /* | |
7148 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
7149 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
7150 */ | |
7151 static void | |
7152 replace_pop_ins() | |
7153 { | |
7154 int cc; | |
7155 int oldState = State; | |
7156 | |
7157 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
7158 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
7159 { | |
7160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7161 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
7162 #else | |
7163 ins_char(cc); | |
7164 #endif | |
7165 dec_cursor(); | |
7166 } | |
7167 State = oldState; | |
7168 } | |
7169 | |
7170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7171 /* | |
7172 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
7173 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
7174 */ | |
7175 static void | |
7176 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
7177 int cc; | |
7178 { | |
7179 int n; | |
7180 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
7181 int i; | |
7182 int c; | |
7183 | |
7184 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
7185 { | |
7186 buf[0] = cc; | |
7187 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7188 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7189 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7190 } | |
7191 else | |
7192 ins_char(cc); | |
7193 | |
7194 if (enc_utf8) | |
7195 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
7196 for (;;) | |
7197 { | |
7198 c = replace_pop(); | |
7199 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
7200 break; | |
7201 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
7202 { | |
7203 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
7204 replace_push(c); | |
7205 break; | |
7206 } | |
7207 else | |
7208 { | |
7209 buf[0] = c; | |
7210 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7211 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7212 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
7213 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7214 else | |
7215 { | |
7216 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
7217 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
7218 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
7219 break; | |
7220 } | |
7221 } | |
7222 } | |
7223 } | |
7224 #endif | |
7225 | |
7226 /* | |
7227 * make the replace stack empty | |
7228 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
7229 */ | |
7230 static void | |
7231 replace_flush() | |
7232 { | |
7233 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7234 replace_stack = NULL; | |
7235 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
7236 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
7237 } | |
7238 | |
7239 /* | |
7240 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
7241 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
7242 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
7243 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
7244 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
1782 | 7245 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
7246 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
7 | 7247 */ |
7248 static void | |
1782 | 7249 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
7250 int limit_col; | |
7 | 7251 { |
7252 int cc; | |
7253 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7254 int orig_len = 0; | |
7255 int ins_len; | |
7256 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
7257 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
7258 char_u *p; | |
7259 int i; | |
7260 int vcol; | |
7261 #endif | |
7262 | |
7263 cc = replace_pop(); | |
7264 if (cc > 0) | |
7265 { | |
7266 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7267 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7268 { | |
7269 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
7270 * going to delete. */ | |
7271 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
7272 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
7273 } | |
7274 #endif | |
7275 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7276 if (has_mbyte) | |
7277 { | |
1782 | 7278 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7279 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
7280 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7281 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 7282 # endif |
7283 replace_push(cc); | |
7284 } | |
7285 else | |
7286 #endif | |
7287 { | |
7288 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
7289 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7290 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7291 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
7 | 7292 #endif |
7293 } | |
7294 replace_pop_ins(); | |
7295 | |
7296 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7297 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7298 { | |
7299 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
7300 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
835 | 7301 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
7 | 7302 vcol = start_vcol; |
7303 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
7304 { | |
7305 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
7306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 7307 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
7 | 7308 #endif |
7309 } | |
7310 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
7311 | |
7312 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
7313 * text aligned. */ | |
7314 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
7315 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
7316 { | |
7317 del_char(FALSE); | |
7318 ++orig_vcols; | |
7319 } | |
7320 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
7321 } | |
7322 #endif | |
7323 | |
7324 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
7325 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
7326 } | |
7327 else if (cc == 0) | |
1782 | 7328 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7329 } |
7330 | |
7331 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7332 /* | |
7333 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
7334 */ | |
7335 static int | |
7336 cindent_on() | |
7337 { | |
7338 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
7339 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7340 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
7341 # endif | |
7342 )); | |
7343 } | |
7344 #endif | |
7345 | |
7346 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7347 /* | |
7348 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
7349 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
7350 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
7351 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
7352 */ | |
7353 | |
7354 void | |
7355 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
7356 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
7357 { | |
1516 | 7358 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 7359 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
7360 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
7361 } | |
7362 | |
7363 void | |
7364 fix_indent() | |
7365 { | |
7366 if (p_paste) | |
7367 return; | |
7368 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
7369 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
7370 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
7371 # endif | |
7372 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
7373 else | |
7374 # endif | |
7375 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7376 if (cindent_on()) | |
7377 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
7378 # endif | |
7379 } | |
7380 | |
7381 #endif | |
7382 | |
7383 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7384 /* | |
7385 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
7386 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
7387 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
7388 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
7389 * | |
7390 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
7391 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
7392 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
7393 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
7394 * | |
7395 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
7396 */ | |
7397 int | |
7398 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
7399 int keytyped; | |
7400 int when; | |
7401 int line_is_empty; | |
7402 { | |
7403 char_u *look; | |
7404 int try_match; | |
7405 int try_match_word; | |
7406 char_u *p; | |
7407 char_u *line; | |
7408 int icase; | |
7409 int i; | |
7410 | |
2025 | 7411 if (keytyped == NUL) |
7412 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
7413 return FALSE; | |
7414 | |
7 | 7415 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7416 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
7417 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
7418 else | |
7419 #endif | |
7420 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
7421 while (*look) | |
7422 { | |
7423 /* | |
7424 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
7425 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
7426 */ | |
7427 switch (when) | |
7428 { | |
7429 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
7430 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
7431 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
7432 } | |
7433 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
7434 ++look; | |
7435 | |
7436 /* | |
7437 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
7438 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
7439 */ | |
7440 if (*look == '0') | |
7441 { | |
7442 try_match_word = try_match; | |
7443 if (!line_is_empty) | |
7444 try_match = FALSE; | |
7445 ++look; | |
7446 } | |
7447 else | |
7448 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
7449 | |
7450 /* | |
7451 * does it look like a control character? | |
7452 */ | |
7453 if (*look == '^' | |
7454 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7455 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
7456 #else | |
7457 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
7458 #endif | |
7459 ) | |
7460 { | |
7461 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
7462 return TRUE; | |
7463 look += 2; | |
7464 } | |
7465 /* | |
7466 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
7467 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
7468 */ | |
7469 else if (*look == 'o') | |
7470 { | |
7471 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
7472 return TRUE; | |
7473 ++look; | |
7474 } | |
7475 else if (*look == 'O') | |
7476 { | |
7477 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
7478 return TRUE; | |
7479 ++look; | |
7480 } | |
7481 | |
7482 /* | |
7483 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
7484 * cursor. | |
7485 */ | |
7486 else if (*look == 'e') | |
7487 { | |
7488 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
7489 { | |
7490 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7491 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
7492 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
7493 return TRUE; | |
7494 } | |
7495 ++look; | |
7496 } | |
7497 | |
7498 /* | |
7499 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
7500 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
7501 * class::method for C++). | |
7502 */ | |
7503 else if (*look == ':') | |
7504 { | |
7505 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
7506 { | |
7507 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7508 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30)) | |
7509 return TRUE; | |
1300 | 7510 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
7511 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7 | 7512 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
7513 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
7514 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
7515 { | |
7516 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
7517 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) | |
7518 || cin_islabel(30)); | |
7519 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7520 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
7521 if (i) | |
7522 return TRUE; | |
7523 } | |
7524 } | |
7525 ++look; | |
7526 } | |
7527 | |
7528 | |
7529 /* | |
7530 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
7531 */ | |
7532 else if (*look == '<') | |
7533 { | |
7534 if (try_match) | |
7535 { | |
7536 /* | |
7537 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
7538 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
7539 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
7540 */ | |
7541 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
7542 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
7543 return TRUE; | |
7544 | |
7545 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
7546 return TRUE; | |
7547 } | |
7548 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
7549 look++; | |
7550 while (*look == '>') | |
7551 look++; | |
7552 } | |
7553 | |
7554 /* | |
7555 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
7556 */ | |
7557 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
7558 { | |
7559 ++look; | |
7560 if (*look == '~') | |
7561 { | |
7562 icase = TRUE; | |
7563 ++look; | |
7564 } | |
7565 else | |
7566 icase = FALSE; | |
7567 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
7568 if (p == NULL) | |
7569 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
7570 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
7571 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
7572 { | |
7573 int match = FALSE; | |
7574 | |
7575 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7576 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
7577 { | |
7578 char_u *s; | |
7579 | |
7580 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
7581 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
7582 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7583 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7584 if (has_mbyte) | |
7585 { | |
7586 char_u *n; | |
7587 | |
7588 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
7589 { | |
7590 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
7591 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
7592 break; | |
7593 } | |
7594 } | |
7595 else | |
7596 # endif | |
7597 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
7598 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
7599 break; | |
7600 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7601 && (icase | |
7602 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
7603 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
7604 match = TRUE; | |
7605 } | |
7606 else | |
7607 #endif | |
7608 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
7609 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
7610 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
7611 { | |
7612 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7613 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
7614 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
7615 && (icase | |
7616 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
7617 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
7618 == 0) | |
7619 match = TRUE; | |
7620 } | |
7621 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
7622 { | |
7623 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
7624 * word. */ | |
7625 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7626 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
7627 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
7628 match = FALSE; | |
7629 } | |
7630 if (match) | |
7631 return TRUE; | |
7632 } | |
7633 look = p; | |
7634 } | |
7635 | |
7636 /* | |
7637 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
7638 */ | |
7639 else | |
7640 { | |
7641 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
7642 return TRUE; | |
7643 ++look; | |
7644 } | |
7645 | |
7646 /* | |
7647 * Skip over ", ". | |
7648 */ | |
7649 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
7650 } | |
7651 return FALSE; | |
7652 } | |
7653 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
7654 | |
7655 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7656 /* | |
7657 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
7658 */ | |
7659 int | |
7660 hkmap(c) | |
7661 int c; | |
7662 { | |
7663 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
7664 { | |
7665 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
7666 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
7667 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
7668 static char_u map[26] = | |
7669 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
7670 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
7671 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
7672 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
7673 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
7674 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
7675 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
7676 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
7677 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
7678 | |
7679 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
7680 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
7681 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
7682 else if (c == 'x') | |
7683 return 'X'; | |
7684 else if (c == 'q') | |
7685 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
7686 else if (c == 246) | |
7687 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
7688 else if (c == 228) | |
7689 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7690 else if (c == 252) | |
7691 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7692 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7693 else if (islower(c)) | |
7694 #else | |
7695 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
7696 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
7697 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
7698 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
7699 */ | |
7700 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
7701 #endif | |
7702 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
7703 else | |
7704 return c; | |
7705 } | |
7706 else | |
7707 { | |
7708 switch (c) | |
7709 { | |
7710 case '`': return ';'; | |
7711 case '/': return '.'; | |
7712 case '\'': return ','; | |
7713 case 'q': return '/'; | |
7714 case 'w': return '\''; | |
7715 | |
7716 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
7717 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
7718 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
7719 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
7720 default: { | |
7721 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
7722 | |
7723 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7724 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
7725 if (!islower(c)) | |
7726 #else | |
7727 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
7728 #endif | |
7729 return c; | |
7730 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
7731 break; | |
7732 } | |
7733 } | |
7734 | |
7735 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
7736 } | |
7737 } | |
7738 #endif | |
7739 | |
7740 static void | |
7741 ins_reg() | |
7742 { | |
7743 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
7744 int regname; | |
7745 int literally = 0; | |
844 | 7746 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
7747 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
7748 #endif | |
7 | 7749 |
7750 /* | |
7751 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
7752 */ | |
7753 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
7754 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
7755 { | |
7756 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 7757 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 7758 |
7759 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
7760 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7761 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
7762 #endif | |
7763 } | |
7764 | |
7765 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
7766 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
7767 #endif | |
7768 | |
7769 /* | |
7770 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7771 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7772 */ | |
7773 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7774 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7775 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7776 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
7777 { | |
7778 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
7779 literally = regname; | |
7780 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7781 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
7782 #endif | |
1389 | 7783 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7784 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7785 } | |
7786 --no_mapping; | |
7787 | |
7788 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7789 /* | |
7790 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
7791 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
7792 */ | |
7793 ++no_u_sync; | |
7794 if (regname == '=') | |
7795 { | |
133 | 7796 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7797 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
133 | 7798 # endif |
7 | 7799 regname = get_expr_register(); |
133 | 7800 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7801 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
7802 if (im_on) | |
7803 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
133 | 7804 # endif |
7 | 7805 } |
140 | 7806 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
7807 { | |
7808 vim_beep(); | |
7 | 7809 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
140 | 7810 } |
7 | 7811 else |
7812 { | |
7813 #endif | |
7814 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
7815 { | |
7816 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
7817 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
7818 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
7819 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
7820 | |
7821 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
7822 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
7823 } | |
7824 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
7825 { | |
7826 vim_beep(); | |
7827 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
7828 } | |
133 | 7829 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
7830 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
7831 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
7832 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
7833 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
7834 | |
7 | 7835 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7836 } | |
7837 --no_u_sync; | |
7838 #endif | |
7839 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7840 clear_showcmd(); | |
7841 #endif | |
7842 | |
7843 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
7844 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
7845 edit_unputchar(); | |
844 | 7846 |
7847 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
7848 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
7849 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
7850 end_visual_mode(); | |
7851 #endif | |
7 | 7852 } |
7853 | |
7854 /* | |
7855 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
7856 */ | |
7857 static void | |
7858 ins_ctrl_g() | |
7859 { | |
7860 int c; | |
7861 | |
7862 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7863 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
7864 setcursor(); | |
7865 #endif | |
7866 | |
7867 /* | |
7868 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7869 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7870 */ | |
7871 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7872 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7873 --no_mapping; |
7874 switch (c) | |
7875 { | |
7876 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
7877 case K_UP: | |
7878 case Ctrl_K: | |
7879 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
7880 break; | |
7881 | |
7882 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
7883 case K_DOWN: | |
7884 case Ctrl_J: | |
7885 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
7886 break; | |
7887 | |
7888 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
825 | 7889 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
7 | 7890 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
626 | 7891 |
7892 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
1219 | 7893 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
626 | 7894 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 7895 break; |
7896 | |
7897 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
7898 default: vim_beep(); | |
7899 } | |
7900 } | |
7901 | |
7902 /* | |
449 | 7903 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
7904 */ | |
7905 static void | |
7906 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
7907 { | |
782 | 7908 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
449 | 7909 { |
7910 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
7911 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
7912 { | |
7913 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
7914 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
7915 } | |
7916 else | |
7917 { | |
7918 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
7919 State |= LANGMAP; | |
7920 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
7921 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
7922 #endif | |
7923 } | |
7924 } | |
7925 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
7926 else | |
7927 { | |
7928 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
7929 if (im_get_status()) | |
7930 { | |
7931 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
7932 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
7933 } | |
7934 else | |
7935 { | |
7936 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
7937 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
7938 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
7939 } | |
7940 } | |
7941 #endif | |
7942 set_iminsert_global(); | |
7943 showmode(); | |
7944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7945 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
7946 if (gui.in_use) | |
7947 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
7948 #endif | |
7949 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
7950 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
7951 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
7952 #endif | |
7953 } | |
7954 | |
7955 /* | |
7 | 7956 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
7957 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
7958 * insert. | |
7959 */ | |
7960 static int | |
477 | 7961 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
7 | 7962 long *count; |
7963 int cmdchar; | |
477 | 7964 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
7 | 7965 { |
7966 int temp; | |
7967 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
7968 | |
744 | 7969 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
449 | 7970 check_spell_redraw(); |
7971 #endif | |
7 | 7972 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
7973 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
7974 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
7975 # endif | |
7976 if (composing_hangul) | |
7977 { | |
7978 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
7979 composing_hangul = 0; | |
7980 } | |
7981 #endif | |
7982 | |
7983 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7984 if (disabled_redraw) | |
7985 { | |
7986 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
7987 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
7988 } | |
7989 if (!arrow_used) | |
7990 { | |
7991 /* | |
7992 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
75 | 7993 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
7994 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
7 | 7995 */ |
7996 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
75 | 7997 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
7 | 7998 |
7999 /* | |
8000 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
8001 * interrupt now and then. | |
8002 */ | |
8003 if (*count > 0) | |
8004 { | |
8005 line_breakcheck(); | |
8006 if (got_int) | |
8007 *count = 0; | |
8008 } | |
8009 | |
8010 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
8011 { | |
164 | 8012 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
8013 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
8014 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
8015 | |
7 | 8016 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
8017 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
8018 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
8019 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8020 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
8021 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
8022 } | |
8023 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
8024 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8025 } | |
8026 | |
8027 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
8028 * indent */ | |
8029 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
8030 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
8031 | |
8032 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
8033 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
8034 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8035 | |
8036 /* | |
8037 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
477 | 8038 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
7 | 8039 */ |
477 | 8040 if (!nomove |
8041 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
7 | 8042 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
8043 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
8044 #endif | |
477 | 8045 ) |
8046 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
8047 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
7 | 8048 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
477 | 8049 && !VIsual_active |
8050 #endif | |
8051 )) | |
7 | 8052 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8053 && !revins_on | |
8054 #endif | |
8055 ) | |
8056 { | |
8057 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8058 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
8059 { | |
8060 oneleft(); | |
8061 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
8062 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8063 } | |
8064 else | |
8065 #endif | |
8066 { | |
8067 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8069 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
8070 if (has_mbyte) | |
8071 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
8072 #endif | |
8073 } | |
8074 } | |
8075 | |
8076 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8077 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
8078 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
8079 * well). */ | |
8080 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
8081 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
8082 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8083 #endif | |
8084 | |
8085 State = NORMAL; | |
8086 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
8087 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
8088 | |
8089 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8090 setmouse(); | |
8091 #endif | |
8092 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8093 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8094 #endif | |
8095 | |
8096 /* | |
8097 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
8098 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
8099 */ | |
8100 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
8101 showmode(); | |
8102 else if (p_smd) | |
8103 MSG(""); | |
8104 | |
8105 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
8106 } | |
8107 | |
8108 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8109 /* | |
8110 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
8111 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
8112 */ | |
8113 static void | |
8114 ins_ctrl_() | |
8115 { | |
8116 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
8117 { | |
8118 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
8119 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8120 } | |
8121 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
8122 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
8123 if (revins_on) | |
8124 { | |
8125 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8126 revins_legal++; | |
8127 revins_chars = 0; | |
8128 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8129 } | |
8130 else | |
8131 revins_scol = -1; | |
8132 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8133 if (p_altkeymap) | |
8134 { | |
8135 /* | |
8136 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
8137 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
8138 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
8139 */ | |
8140 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
8141 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
8142 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
8143 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8144 State = INSERT; | |
8145 } | |
8146 else | |
8147 #endif | |
8148 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
8149 showmode(); | |
8150 } | |
8151 #endif | |
8152 | |
8153 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8154 /* | |
8155 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
8156 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
8157 */ | |
8158 static int | |
8159 ins_start_select(c) | |
8160 int c; | |
8161 { | |
8162 if (km_startsel) | |
8163 switch (c) | |
8164 { | |
8165 case K_KHOME: | |
8166 case K_KEND: | |
8167 case K_PAGEUP: | |
8168 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
8169 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
8170 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
8171 # ifdef MACOS | |
8172 case K_LEFT: | |
8173 case K_RIGHT: | |
8174 case K_UP: | |
8175 case K_DOWN: | |
8176 case K_END: | |
8177 case K_HOME: | |
8178 # endif | |
8179 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
8180 break; | |
8181 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
8182 case K_S_LEFT: | |
8183 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
8184 case K_S_UP: | |
8185 case K_S_DOWN: | |
8186 case K_S_END: | |
8187 case K_S_HOME: | |
8188 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
8189 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
8190 start_selection(); | |
8191 | |
8192 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
8193 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
8194 if (mod_mask) | |
8195 { | |
8196 char_u buf[4]; | |
8197 | |
8198 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
8199 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
8200 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
8201 buf[3] = NUL; | |
8202 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
8203 } | |
8204 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
8205 return TRUE; | |
8206 } | |
8207 return FALSE; | |
8208 } | |
8209 #endif | |
8210 | |
8211 /* | |
449 | 8212 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
8213 */ | |
8214 static void | |
8215 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
8216 int replaceState; | |
8217 { | |
8218 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8219 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8220 { | |
8221 beep_flush(); | |
8222 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
8223 return; | |
8224 } | |
8225 #endif | |
8226 | |
8227 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
532 | 8228 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
449 | 8229 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
8230 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
667 | 8231 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
8232 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
8233 # endif | |
8234 "r"), 1); | |
532 | 8235 # endif |
449 | 8236 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
8237 #endif | |
8238 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8239 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8240 else | |
8241 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8242 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
8243 showmode(); | |
8244 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8245 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8246 #endif | |
8247 } | |
8248 | |
8249 /* | |
8250 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
8251 */ | |
8252 static void | |
8253 ins_ctrl_o() | |
8254 { | |
8255 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8256 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8257 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
8258 else | |
8259 #endif | |
8260 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8261 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
8262 else | |
8263 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
8264 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8265 if (virtual_active()) | |
8266 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
8267 else | |
8268 #endif | |
8269 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
8270 } | |
8271 | |
8272 /* | |
7 | 8273 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
8274 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
1796 | 8275 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
7 | 8276 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
8277 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
8278 */ | |
8279 static void | |
8280 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
8281 int c; | |
8282 int lastc; | |
8283 { | |
8284 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8285 return; | |
8286 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8287 | |
8288 /* | |
8289 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
8290 */ | |
1330 | 8291 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
8292 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
7 | 8293 { |
8294 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8295 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
8296 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
8297 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8298 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8299 if (lastc == '^') | |
8300 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
1516 | 8301 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8302 } |
8303 else | |
1516 | 8304 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8305 |
8306 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
8307 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8308 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8309 did_si = FALSE; | |
8310 can_si = FALSE; | |
8311 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8312 #endif | |
8313 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8314 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
8315 #endif | |
8316 } | |
8317 | |
8318 static void | |
8319 ins_del() | |
8320 { | |
8321 int temp; | |
8322 | |
8323 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8324 return; | |
8325 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
8326 { | |
8327 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8328 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
8329 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
8330 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL | |
8331 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL) | |
8332 vim_beep(); | |
8333 else | |
8334 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
8335 } | |
8336 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
8337 vim_beep(); | |
8338 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8339 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8340 did_si = FALSE; | |
8341 can_si = FALSE; | |
8342 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8343 #endif | |
8344 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
8345 } | |
8346 | |
1460 | 8347 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
8348 | |
8349 /* | |
8350 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
8351 */ | |
8352 static void | |
8353 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
8354 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
8355 { | |
8356 dec_cursor(); | |
8357 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
8358 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8359 { | |
8360 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
8361 * Replace mode */ | |
8362 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8363 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
1782 | 8364 replace_do_bs(-1); |
1460 | 8365 } |
8366 else | |
8367 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8368 } | |
8369 | |
7 | 8370 /* |
8371 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
8372 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
8373 */ | |
8374 static int | |
8375 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
8376 int c; | |
8377 int mode; | |
8378 int *inserted_space_p; | |
8379 { | |
8380 linenr_T lnum; | |
8381 int cc; | |
8382 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1872 | 8383 colnr_T save_col; |
7 | 8384 colnr_T mincol; |
8385 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
8386 int in_indent; | |
8387 int oldState; | |
8388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8389 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
7 | 8390 #endif |
8391 | |
8392 /* | |
8393 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
8394 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
8395 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
8396 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
8397 */ | |
8398 if ( bufempty() | |
8399 || ( | |
8400 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8401 !revins_on && | |
8402 #endif | |
8403 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8404 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
8405 && (arrow_used | |
8406 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8407 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
8408 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
8409 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
8410 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
8411 { | |
8412 vim_beep(); | |
8413 return FALSE; | |
8414 } | |
8415 | |
8416 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8417 return FALSE; | |
8418 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
8419 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8420 if (in_indent) | |
8421 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
8422 #endif | |
8423 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
8424 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
8425 #endif | |
8426 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8427 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
8428 inc_cursor(); | |
8429 #endif | |
8430 | |
8431 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8432 /* Virtualedit: | |
8433 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
8434 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
8435 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
8436 */ | |
8437 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
8438 { | |
8439 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8440 { | |
8441 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8442 return TRUE; | |
8443 } | |
8444 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
8445 { | |
8446 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8447 return TRUE; | |
8448 } | |
8449 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8450 } | |
8451 #endif | |
8452 | |
8453 /* | |
8454 * delete newline! | |
8455 */ | |
8456 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8457 { | |
8458 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
8459 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8460 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8461 || revins_on | |
8462 #endif | |
8463 ) | |
8464 { | |
8465 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
8466 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
8467 return FALSE; | |
8468 --Insstart.lnum; | |
8469 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
8470 } | |
8471 /* | |
8472 * In replace mode: | |
8473 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
8474 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
8475 */ | |
8476 cc = -1; | |
8477 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8478 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
8479 /* | |
8480 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
8481 * cursor. | |
8482 */ | |
8483 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
8484 { | |
8485 dec_cursor(); | |
8486 } | |
8487 else | |
8488 { | |
8489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8490 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8491 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
8492 #endif | |
8493 { | |
8494 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
8495 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
278 | 8496 |
8497 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
8498 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
8499 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
8500 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
8501 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
8502 { | |
8503 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
8504 TRUE); | |
8505 int len; | |
8506 | |
835 | 8507 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
278 | 8508 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
8509 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
8510 } | |
8511 | |
7 | 8512 (void)do_join(FALSE); |
8513 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
8514 inc_cursor(); | |
8515 } | |
8516 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8517 else | |
8518 dec_cursor(); | |
8519 #endif | |
8520 | |
8521 /* | |
8522 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
8523 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
8524 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
8525 * characters that NL replaced. | |
8526 */ | |
8527 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8528 { | |
8529 /* | |
8530 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
8531 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
8532 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
8533 */ | |
8534 oldState = State; | |
8535 State = NORMAL; | |
8536 /* | |
8537 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
8538 */ | |
8539 while (cc > 0) | |
8540 { | |
1872 | 8541 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8543 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
8544 #else | |
8545 ins_char(cc); | |
8546 #endif | |
1872 | 8547 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8548 cc = replace_pop(); |
8549 } | |
8550 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
8551 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8552 State = oldState; | |
8553 } | |
8554 } | |
8555 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8556 } | |
8557 else | |
8558 { | |
8559 /* | |
8560 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
8561 */ | |
8562 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8563 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
8564 dec_cursor(); | |
8565 #endif | |
8566 mincol = 0; | |
8567 /* keep indent */ | |
1085 | 8568 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
8569 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
8570 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2004 | 8571 || cindent_on() |
1085 | 8572 #endif |
8573 ) | |
7 | 8574 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8575 && !revins_on | |
8576 #endif | |
8577 ) | |
8578 { | |
1872 | 8579 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8580 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
1988 | 8581 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
7 | 8582 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
1872 | 8583 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8584 } |
8585 | |
8586 /* | |
8587 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
8588 */ | |
8589 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
8590 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
648 | 8591 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
1497 | 8592 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
7 | 8593 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
8594 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
8595 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
8596 || arrow_used)))))) | |
8597 { | |
8598 int ts; | |
8599 colnr_T vcol; | |
8600 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
1460 | 8601 colnr_T start_vcol; |
7 | 8602 |
8603 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
648 | 8604 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
7 | 8605 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
8606 else | |
8607 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
8608 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
8609 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
8610 * the previous character. */ | |
8611 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
1460 | 8612 start_vcol = vcol; |
7 | 8613 dec_cursor(); |
8614 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
8615 inc_cursor(); | |
8616 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
8617 | |
8618 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
8619 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
8620 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
1460 | 8621 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
7 | 8622 |
8623 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
8624 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
8625 { | |
8626 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
8627 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8628 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8629 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8630 | |
8631 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8632 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8633 ins_char(' '); | |
8634 else | |
8635 #endif | |
8636 { | |
8637 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
1460 | 8638 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
8639 replace_push(NUL); | |
7 | 8640 } |
8641 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
8642 } | |
1460 | 8643 |
8644 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
8645 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
8646 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
8647 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
7 | 8648 } |
8649 | |
8650 /* | |
8651 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
8652 */ | |
8653 else do | |
8654 { | |
8655 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8656 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
8657 #endif | |
8658 dec_cursor(); | |
8659 | |
8660 /* start of word? */ | |
8661 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
8662 { | |
8663 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
8664 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
8665 } | |
8666 /* end of word? */ | |
8667 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
8668 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
8669 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
8670 { | |
8671 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8672 if (!revins_on) | |
8673 #endif | |
8674 inc_cursor(); | |
8675 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8676 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8677 dec_cursor(); | |
8678 #endif | |
8679 break; | |
8680 } | |
8681 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 8682 replace_do_bs(-1); |
7 | 8683 else |
8684 { | |
8685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8686 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
714 | 8687 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
7 | 8688 #endif |
8689 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8690 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8691 /* | |
714 | 8692 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
8693 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
7 | 8694 * character. |
8695 */ | |
714 | 8696 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
7 | 8697 inc_cursor(); |
8698 #endif | |
8699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8700 if (revins_chars) | |
8701 { | |
8702 revins_chars--; | |
8703 revins_legal++; | |
8704 } | |
8705 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
8706 break; | |
8707 #endif | |
8708 } | |
8709 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
8710 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8711 break; | |
8712 } while ( | |
8713 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8714 revins_on || | |
8715 #endif | |
8716 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
8717 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8718 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
8719 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
8720 } | |
8721 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8722 did_si = FALSE; | |
8723 can_si = FALSE; | |
8724 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8725 #endif | |
8726 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
8727 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8728 /* | |
8729 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
8730 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
8731 * with. | |
8732 */ | |
8733 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8734 | |
8735 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
8736 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8737 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8738 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8739 | |
8740 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
8741 * was there remains visible | |
8742 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
8743 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
8744 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
8745 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
8746 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
8747 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
8748 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
8749 | |
1514 | 8750 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
8751 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
8752 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
8753 * char before a Tab. */ | |
8754 if (did_backspace) | |
8755 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8756 #endif | |
8757 | |
7 | 8758 return did_backspace; |
8759 } | |
8760 | |
8761 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8762 static void | |
8763 ins_mouse(c) | |
8764 int c; | |
8765 { | |
8766 pos_T tpos; | |
840 | 8767 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
7 | 8768 |
8769 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8770 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
8771 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8772 # endif | |
8773 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
8774 return; | |
8775 | |
8776 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8777 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8778 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
8779 { | |
840 | 8780 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8781 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
8782 | |
8783 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
8784 { | |
8785 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
8786 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
8787 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8788 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8789 } | |
8790 #endif | |
8791 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
8792 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8793 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
8794 { | |
8795 curwin = new_curwin; | |
8796 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8797 } | |
8798 #endif | |
7 | 8799 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
8800 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8801 # endif | |
8802 } | |
8803 | |
8804 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8805 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
8806 redraw_statuslines(); | |
8807 #endif | |
8808 } | |
8809 | |
8810 static void | |
8811 ins_mousescroll(up) | |
8812 int up; | |
8813 { | |
8814 pos_T tpos; | |
1434 | 8815 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
8816 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
8817 # endif | |
8818 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8819 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
7 | 8820 # endif |
8821 | |
8822 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8823 | |
8824 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8825 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
8826 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
8827 { | |
8828 int row, col; | |
8829 | |
8830 row = mouse_row; | |
8831 col = mouse_col; | |
8832 | |
8833 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
8834 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
8835 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8836 } | |
8837 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
8838 # endif | |
8839 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8840 | |
1434 | 8841 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8842 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
8843 if (!pum_visible() | |
8844 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8845 || curwin != old_curwin | |
8846 # endif | |
8847 ) | |
8848 # endif | |
8849 { | |
8850 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) | |
8851 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); | |
8852 else | |
8853 scroll_redraw(up, 3L); | |
8854 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8855 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
8856 # endif | |
8857 } | |
7 | 8858 |
8859 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8860 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
8861 | |
8862 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8863 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8864 # endif | |
8865 | |
1434 | 8866 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8867 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
8868 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
8869 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
8870 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
8871 { | |
8872 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
8873 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
8874 } | |
8875 # endif | |
8876 | |
7 | 8877 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
8878 { | |
8879 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8880 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8881 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8882 # endif | |
8883 } | |
8884 } | |
8885 #endif | |
8886 | |
692 | 8887 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 8888 static void |
692 | 8889 ins_tabline(c) |
8890 int c; | |
8891 { | |
8892 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
8893 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
8894 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
8895 { | |
8896 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8897 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
8898 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8899 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8900 # endif | |
8901 } | |
8902 | |
8903 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
8904 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
8905 else | |
846 | 8906 { |
692 | 8907 handle_tabmenu(); |
846 | 8908 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
8909 } | |
692 | 8910 } |
8911 #endif | |
8912 | |
8913 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 8914 void |
8915 ins_scroll() | |
8916 { | |
8917 pos_T tpos; | |
8918 | |
8919 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8920 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8921 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
8922 { | |
8923 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8924 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8925 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8926 # endif | |
8927 } | |
8928 } | |
8929 | |
8930 void | |
8931 ins_horscroll() | |
8932 { | |
8933 pos_T tpos; | |
8934 | |
8935 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8936 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8937 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll()) | |
8938 { | |
8939 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8940 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8941 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8942 # endif | |
8943 } | |
8944 } | |
8945 #endif | |
8946 | |
8947 static void | |
8948 ins_left() | |
8949 { | |
8950 pos_T tpos; | |
8951 | |
8952 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
8953 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
8954 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8955 #endif | |
8956 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8957 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8958 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
8959 { | |
941 | 8960 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
8961 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
8962 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
8963 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
8964 #endif | |
8965 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
7 | 8966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8967 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
8968 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
8969 revins_legal++; | |
8970 revins_chars++; | |
8971 #endif | |
8972 } | |
8973 | |
8974 /* | |
8975 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
8976 * previous line | |
8977 */ | |
8978 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
8979 { | |
8980 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8981 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
8982 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
8983 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
8984 } | |
8985 else | |
8986 vim_beep(); | |
8987 } | |
8988 | |
8989 static void | |
8990 ins_home(c) | |
8991 int c; | |
8992 { | |
8993 pos_T tpos; | |
8994 | |
8995 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
8996 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
8997 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8998 #endif | |
8999 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9000 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9001 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
9002 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
9003 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9004 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9005 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
9006 #endif | |
9007 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
9008 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9009 } | |
9010 | |
9011 static void | |
9012 ins_end(c) | |
9013 int c; | |
9014 { | |
9015 pos_T tpos; | |
9016 | |
9017 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9018 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9019 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9020 #endif | |
9021 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9022 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9023 if (c == K_C_END) | |
9024 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
9025 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9026 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
9027 | |
9028 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9029 } | |
9030 | |
9031 static void | |
9032 ins_s_left() | |
9033 { | |
9034 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9035 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9036 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9037 #endif | |
9038 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9039 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9040 { | |
9041 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9042 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
9043 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9044 } | |
9045 else | |
9046 vim_beep(); | |
9047 } | |
9048 | |
9049 static void | |
9050 ins_right() | |
9051 { | |
9052 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9053 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9054 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9055 #endif | |
9056 undisplay_dollar(); | |
1877 | 9057 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
9058 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9059 || virtual_active() | |
9060 #endif | |
7 | 9061 ) |
9062 { | |
9063 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9064 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9065 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9066 if (virtual_active()) | |
9067 oneright(); | |
9068 else | |
9069 #endif | |
9070 { | |
9071 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9072 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 9073 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 9074 else |
9075 #endif | |
9076 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9077 } | |
9078 | |
9079 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9080 revins_legal++; | |
9081 if (revins_chars) | |
9082 revins_chars--; | |
9083 #endif | |
9084 } | |
9085 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
9086 * cursor to the next line */ | |
9087 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
9088 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9089 { | |
9090 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9091 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9092 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
9093 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9094 } | |
9095 else | |
9096 vim_beep(); | |
9097 } | |
9098 | |
9099 static void | |
9100 ins_s_right() | |
9101 { | |
9102 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9103 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9104 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9105 #endif | |
9106 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9107 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
9108 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
9109 { | |
9110 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9111 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
9112 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9113 } | |
9114 else | |
9115 vim_beep(); | |
9116 } | |
9117 | |
9118 static void | |
9119 ins_up(startcol) | |
9120 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9121 { | |
9122 pos_T tpos; | |
9123 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9124 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9125 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9126 #endif | |
9127 | |
9128 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9129 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9130 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9131 { | |
9132 if (startcol) | |
9133 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9134 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9135 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9136 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9137 #endif | |
9138 ) | |
9139 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9140 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9141 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9142 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9143 #endif | |
9144 } | |
9145 else | |
9146 vim_beep(); | |
9147 } | |
9148 | |
9149 static void | |
9150 ins_pageup() | |
9151 { | |
9152 pos_T tpos; | |
9153 | |
9154 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9155 |
9156 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9157 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9158 { | |
9159 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
1013 | 9160 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9161 { | |
9162 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9163 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
9164 } | |
828 | 9165 return; |
9166 } | |
9167 #endif | |
9168 | |
7 | 9169 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9170 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9171 { | |
9172 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9173 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9174 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9175 #endif | |
9176 } | |
9177 else | |
9178 vim_beep(); | |
9179 } | |
9180 | |
9181 static void | |
9182 ins_down(startcol) | |
9183 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9184 { | |
9185 pos_T tpos; | |
9186 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9187 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9188 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9189 #endif | |
9190 | |
9191 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9192 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9193 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9194 { | |
9195 if (startcol) | |
9196 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9197 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9198 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9199 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9200 #endif | |
9201 ) | |
9202 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9203 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9204 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9205 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9206 #endif | |
9207 } | |
9208 else | |
9209 vim_beep(); | |
9210 } | |
9211 | |
9212 static void | |
9213 ins_pagedown() | |
9214 { | |
9215 pos_T tpos; | |
9216 | |
9217 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9218 |
9219 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9220 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9221 { | |
9222 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
1013 | 9223 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9224 { | |
9225 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9226 goto_tabpage(0); | |
9227 } | |
828 | 9228 return; |
9229 } | |
9230 #endif | |
9231 | |
7 | 9232 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9233 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9234 { | |
9235 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9236 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9237 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9238 #endif | |
9239 } | |
9240 else | |
9241 vim_beep(); | |
9242 } | |
9243 | |
9244 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
9245 static void | |
9246 ins_drop() | |
9247 { | |
9248 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
9249 } | |
9250 #endif | |
9251 | |
9252 /* | |
9253 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
9254 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
9255 */ | |
9256 static int | |
9257 ins_tab() | |
9258 { | |
9259 int ind; | |
9260 int i; | |
9261 int temp; | |
9262 | |
9263 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
9264 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
9265 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9266 return FALSE; | |
9267 | |
9268 ind = inindent(0); | |
9269 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9270 if (ind) | |
9271 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
9272 #endif | |
9273 | |
9274 /* | |
9275 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
9276 */ | |
9277 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
9278 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
9279 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
9280 return TRUE; | |
9281 | |
9282 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9283 return TRUE; | |
9284 | |
9285 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9286 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9287 did_si = FALSE; | |
9288 can_si = FALSE; | |
9289 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9290 #endif | |
9291 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
9292 | |
9293 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
9294 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
9295 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
9296 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
9297 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
9298 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
9299 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
9300 | |
9301 /* | |
9302 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
9303 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
9304 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
9305 */ | |
9306 ins_char(' '); | |
9307 while (--temp > 0) | |
9308 { | |
9309 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9310 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9311 ins_char(' '); | |
9312 else | |
9313 #endif | |
9314 { | |
9315 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
9316 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
9317 replace_push(NUL); | |
9318 } | |
9319 } | |
9320 | |
9321 /* | |
9322 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
9323 */ | |
9324 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
9325 { | |
9326 char_u *ptr; | |
9327 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9328 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9329 pos_T pos; | |
9330 #endif | |
9331 pos_T fpos; | |
9332 pos_T *cursor; | |
9333 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
9334 int change_col = -1; | |
9335 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
9336 | |
9337 /* | |
9338 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
9339 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
9340 */ | |
9341 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9342 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9343 { | |
9344 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9345 cursor = &pos; | |
9346 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
9347 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
9348 return FALSE; | |
9349 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
9350 } | |
9351 else | |
9352 #endif | |
9353 { | |
9354 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
9355 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
9356 } | |
9357 | |
9358 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
9359 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9360 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
9361 | |
9362 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
9363 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9364 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
9365 { | |
9366 --fpos.col; | |
9367 --ptr; | |
9368 } | |
9369 | |
9370 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
9371 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9372 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9373 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9374 { | |
9375 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
9376 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
9377 } | |
9378 | |
9379 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
9380 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9381 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9382 | |
9383 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
9384 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
9385 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
9386 { | |
9387 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
9388 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
9389 break; | |
9390 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
9391 { | |
9392 *ptr = TAB; | |
9393 if (change_col < 0) | |
9394 { | |
9395 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
9396 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
9397 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9398 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
9399 } | |
9400 } | |
9401 ++fpos.col; | |
9402 ++ptr; | |
9403 vcol += i; | |
9404 } | |
9405 | |
9406 if (change_col >= 0) | |
9407 { | |
9408 int repl_off = 0; | |
9409 | |
9410 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
9411 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
9412 { | |
9413 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
9414 ++ptr; | |
9415 ++repl_off; | |
9416 } | |
9417 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
9418 { | |
9419 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
9420 --ptr; | |
9421 --repl_off; | |
9422 } | |
9423 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
9424 | |
9425 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
9426 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
9427 if (i > 0) | |
9428 { | |
1622 | 9429 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
7 | 9430 /* correct replace stack. */ |
9431 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9432 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9433 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9434 #endif | |
9435 ) | |
9436 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
9437 replace_join(repl_off); | |
9438 } | |
33 | 9439 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
9440 if (usingNetbeans) | |
9441 { | |
9442 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, | |
9443 (long)(i + 1)); | |
9444 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, | |
9445 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
9446 } | |
9447 #endif | |
7 | 9448 cursor->col -= i; |
9449 | |
9450 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9451 /* | |
9452 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
9453 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
9454 * spacing. | |
9455 */ | |
9456 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9457 { | |
9458 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
9459 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
9460 | |
9461 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
9462 * ptr-cursor */ | |
9463 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
9464 cursor->col - change_col); | |
9465 } | |
9466 #endif | |
9467 } | |
9468 | |
9469 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9470 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9471 vim_free(saved_line); | |
9472 #endif | |
9473 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
9474 } | |
9475 | |
9476 return FALSE; | |
9477 } | |
9478 | |
9479 /* | |
9480 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
9481 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
9482 */ | |
9483 static int | |
9484 ins_eol(c) | |
9485 int c; | |
9486 { | |
9487 int i; | |
9488 | |
9489 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9490 return FALSE; | |
9491 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9492 return TRUE; | |
9493 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9494 | |
9495 /* | |
9496 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
9497 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
9498 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
9499 */ | |
9500 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9501 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9502 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9503 #endif | |
9504 ) | |
9505 replace_push(NUL); | |
9506 | |
9507 /* | |
9508 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
9509 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
9510 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
9511 * in open_line(). | |
9512 */ | |
9513 | |
844 | 9514 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
9515 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
9516 * CTRL-O). */ | |
9517 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
9518 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
9519 #endif | |
9520 | |
7 | 9521 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9522 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
9523 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
9524 fkmap(NL); | |
9525 # endif | |
9526 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
9527 * current line. */ | |
9528 if (revins_on) | |
9529 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
9530 #endif | |
9531 | |
9532 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
9533 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
9534 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
9535 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
9536 #endif | |
9537 0, old_indent); | |
9538 old_indent = 0; | |
9539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9540 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9541 #endif | |
1032 | 9542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9543 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
9544 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9545 #endif | |
7 | 9546 |
9547 return (!i); | |
9548 } | |
9549 | |
9550 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
9551 /* | |
9552 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
9553 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
9554 * done. | |
9555 */ | |
9556 static int | |
9557 ins_digraph() | |
9558 { | |
9559 int c; | |
9560 int cc; | |
9561 | |
9562 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
9563 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9564 { | |
9565 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9566 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9567 |
9568 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
9569 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9570 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
9571 #endif | |
9572 } | |
9573 | |
9574 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
9575 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
9576 #endif | |
9577 | |
9578 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
9579 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
9580 ++no_mapping; | |
9581 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9582 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9583 --no_mapping; |
9584 --allow_keys; | |
9585 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ | |
9586 { | |
9587 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9588 clear_showcmd(); | |
9589 #endif | |
9590 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9591 return NUL; | |
9592 } | |
9593 if (c != ESC) | |
9594 { | |
9595 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9596 { | |
9597 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9598 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9599 |
9600 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
9601 { | |
9602 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing | |
9603 * an ESC next */ | |
9604 edit_unputchar(); | |
661 | 9605 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9606 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
9607 } | |
9608 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9609 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
9610 #endif | |
9611 } | |
9612 ++no_mapping; | |
9613 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9614 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9615 --no_mapping; |
9616 --allow_keys; | |
9617 if (cc != ESC) | |
9618 { | |
9619 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
9620 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
9621 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9622 clear_showcmd(); | |
9623 #endif | |
9624 return c; | |
9625 } | |
9626 } | |
9627 edit_unputchar(); | |
9628 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9629 clear_showcmd(); | |
9630 #endif | |
9631 return NUL; | |
9632 } | |
9633 #endif | |
9634 | |
9635 /* | |
9636 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
9637 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
9638 */ | |
9639 static int | |
9640 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
9641 linenr_T lnum; | |
9642 { | |
9643 int c; | |
9644 int temp; | |
9645 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
9646 | |
9647 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9648 { | |
9649 vim_beep(); | |
9650 return NUL; | |
9651 } | |
9652 | |
9653 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
9654 temp = 0; | |
9655 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
9656 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9657 validate_virtcol(); | |
9658 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
9659 { | |
9660 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9661 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
9662 } | |
9663 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
9664 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
9665 | |
9666 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9667 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
9668 #else | |
9669 c = *ptr; | |
9670 #endif | |
9671 if (c == NUL) | |
9672 vim_beep(); | |
9673 return c; | |
9674 } | |
9675 | |
449 | 9676 /* |
9677 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
9678 */ | |
9679 static int | |
9680 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
9681 int tc; | |
9682 { | |
9683 int c = tc; | |
9684 | |
9685 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9686 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
9687 { | |
9688 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
9689 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
9690 else | |
9691 scrollup_clamp(); | |
9692 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9693 } | |
9694 else | |
9695 #endif | |
9696 { | |
9697 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
9698 if (c != NUL) | |
9699 { | |
9700 long tw_save; | |
9701 | |
9702 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
9703 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
9704 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
9705 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
9706 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
9707 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
9708 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
9709 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
9710 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9711 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
9712 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9713 revins_chars++; | |
9714 revins_legal++; | |
9715 #endif | |
9716 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
9717 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
9718 } | |
9719 } | |
9720 return c; | |
9721 } | |
9722 | |
7 | 9723 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
9724 /* | |
9725 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
9726 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
9727 */ | |
9728 static void | |
9729 ins_try_si(c) | |
9730 int c; | |
9731 { | |
9732 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
9733 char_u *ptr; | |
9734 int i; | |
9735 int temp; | |
9736 | |
9737 /* | |
9738 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
9739 */ | |
9740 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
9741 { | |
9742 /* | |
9743 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
9744 */ | |
9745 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
9746 { | |
9747 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9748 /* | |
9749 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
9750 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
9751 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
9752 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
9753 * lines -- webb | |
9754 */ | |
9755 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
9756 i = pos->col; | |
9757 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
9758 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
9759 ; | |
9760 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
9761 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
9762 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
9763 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
9764 i = get_indent(); | |
9765 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9766 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9767 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 9768 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
7 | 9769 else |
9770 #endif | |
9771 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9772 } | |
9773 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9774 { | |
9775 /* | |
9776 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
9777 * more than indent of previous line | |
9778 */ | |
9779 temp = TRUE; | |
9780 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9781 { | |
9782 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9783 i = get_indent(); | |
9784 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9785 { | |
9786 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
9787 | |
9788 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
9789 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
9790 break; | |
9791 } | |
9792 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
9793 temp = FALSE; | |
9794 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9795 } | |
9796 if (temp) | |
1516 | 9797 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
7 | 9798 } |
9799 } | |
9800 | |
9801 /* | |
9802 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
9803 */ | |
9804 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
9805 { | |
9806 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
9807 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
9808 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9809 } | |
9810 | |
9811 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
9812 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
9813 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9814 } | |
9815 #endif | |
9816 | |
9817 /* | |
9818 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
9819 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
9820 */ | |
9821 static colnr_T | |
9822 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
9823 { | |
9824 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9825 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9826 validate_virtcol(); | |
9827 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
9828 } |